]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
6f086dfc | 1 | /* Expands front end tree to back end RTL for GNU C-Compiler |
b02ab63a | 2 | Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 91-95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
6f086dfc RS |
3 | |
4 | This file is part of GNU CC. | |
5 | ||
6 | GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
9 | any later version. | |
10 | ||
11 | GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | ||
16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 | along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
a35311b0 RK |
18 | the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
19 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
20 | |
21 | ||
22 | /* This file handles the generation of rtl code from tree structure | |
23 | at the level of the function as a whole. | |
24 | It creates the rtl expressions for parameters and auto variables | |
25 | and has full responsibility for allocating stack slots. | |
26 | ||
27 | `expand_function_start' is called at the beginning of a function, | |
28 | before the function body is parsed, and `expand_function_end' is | |
29 | called after parsing the body. | |
30 | ||
31 | Call `assign_stack_local' to allocate a stack slot for a local variable. | |
32 | This is usually done during the RTL generation for the function body, | |
33 | but it can also be done in the reload pass when a pseudo-register does | |
34 | not get a hard register. | |
35 | ||
36 | Call `put_var_into_stack' when you learn, belatedly, that a variable | |
37 | previously given a pseudo-register must in fact go in the stack. | |
38 | This function changes the DECL_RTL to be a stack slot instead of a reg | |
39 | then scans all the RTL instructions so far generated to correct them. */ | |
40 | ||
41 | #include "config.h" | |
6f086dfc | 42 | #include <stdio.h> |
6f086dfc RS |
43 | #include "rtl.h" |
44 | #include "tree.h" | |
45 | #include "flags.h" | |
1ef08c63 | 46 | #include "except.h" |
6f086dfc RS |
47 | #include "function.h" |
48 | #include "insn-flags.h" | |
49 | #include "expr.h" | |
50 | #include "insn-codes.h" | |
51 | #include "regs.h" | |
52 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" | |
53 | #include "insn-config.h" | |
54 | #include "recog.h" | |
55 | #include "output.h" | |
bdac5f58 | 56 | #include "basic-block.h" |
c20bf1f3 JB |
57 | #include "obstack.h" |
58 | #include "bytecode.h" | |
9e014ded | 59 | #include "bc-emit.h" |
6f086dfc | 60 | |
293e3de4 RS |
61 | /* Some systems use __main in a way incompatible with its use in gcc, in these |
62 | cases use the macros NAME__MAIN to give a quoted symbol and SYMBOL__MAIN to | |
63 | give the same symbol without quotes for an alternative entry point. You | |
0f41302f | 64 | must define both, or neither. */ |
293e3de4 RS |
65 | #ifndef NAME__MAIN |
66 | #define NAME__MAIN "__main" | |
67 | #define SYMBOL__MAIN __main | |
68 | #endif | |
69 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
70 | /* Round a value to the lowest integer less than it that is a multiple of |
71 | the required alignment. Avoid using division in case the value is | |
72 | negative. Assume the alignment is a power of two. */ | |
73 | #define FLOOR_ROUND(VALUE,ALIGN) ((VALUE) & ~((ALIGN) - 1)) | |
74 | ||
75 | /* Similar, but round to the next highest integer that meets the | |
76 | alignment. */ | |
77 | #define CEIL_ROUND(VALUE,ALIGN) (((VALUE) + (ALIGN) - 1) & ~((ALIGN)- 1)) | |
78 | ||
79 | /* NEED_SEPARATE_AP means that we cannot derive ap from the value of fp | |
80 | during rtl generation. If they are different register numbers, this is | |
81 | always true. It may also be true if | |
82 | FIRST_PARM_OFFSET - STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET is not a constant during rtl | |
83 | generation. See fix_lexical_addr for details. */ | |
84 | ||
85 | #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM | |
86 | #define NEED_SEPARATE_AP | |
87 | #endif | |
88 | ||
89 | /* Number of bytes of args popped by function being compiled on its return. | |
90 | Zero if no bytes are to be popped. | |
91 | May affect compilation of return insn or of function epilogue. */ | |
92 | ||
93 | int current_function_pops_args; | |
94 | ||
95 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled needs to be given an address | |
96 | where the value should be stored. */ | |
97 | ||
98 | int current_function_returns_struct; | |
99 | ||
100 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled needs to | |
101 | return the address of where it has put a structure value. */ | |
102 | ||
103 | int current_function_returns_pcc_struct; | |
104 | ||
105 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled needs to be passed a static chain. */ | |
106 | ||
107 | int current_function_needs_context; | |
108 | ||
109 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled can call setjmp. */ | |
110 | ||
111 | int current_function_calls_setjmp; | |
112 | ||
113 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled can call longjmp. */ | |
114 | ||
115 | int current_function_calls_longjmp; | |
116 | ||
117 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled receives nonlocal gotos | |
118 | from nested functions. */ | |
119 | ||
120 | int current_function_has_nonlocal_label; | |
121 | ||
8634413a JW |
122 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled has nonlocal gotos to parent |
123 | function. */ | |
124 | ||
125 | int current_function_has_nonlocal_goto; | |
126 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
127 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled contains nested functions. */ |
128 | ||
129 | int current_function_contains_functions; | |
130 | ||
131 | /* Nonzero if function being compiled can call alloca, | |
132 | either as a subroutine or builtin. */ | |
133 | ||
134 | int current_function_calls_alloca; | |
135 | ||
136 | /* Nonzero if the current function returns a pointer type */ | |
137 | ||
138 | int current_function_returns_pointer; | |
139 | ||
140 | /* If some insns can be deferred to the delay slots of the epilogue, the | |
141 | delay list for them is recorded here. */ | |
142 | ||
143 | rtx current_function_epilogue_delay_list; | |
144 | ||
145 | /* If function's args have a fixed size, this is that size, in bytes. | |
146 | Otherwise, it is -1. | |
147 | May affect compilation of return insn or of function epilogue. */ | |
148 | ||
149 | int current_function_args_size; | |
150 | ||
151 | /* # bytes the prologue should push and pretend that the caller pushed them. | |
152 | The prologue must do this, but only if parms can be passed in registers. */ | |
153 | ||
154 | int current_function_pretend_args_size; | |
155 | ||
f7339633 | 156 | /* # of bytes of outgoing arguments. If ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS is |
0f41302f | 157 | defined, the needed space is pushed by the prologue. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
158 | |
159 | int current_function_outgoing_args_size; | |
160 | ||
161 | /* This is the offset from the arg pointer to the place where the first | |
162 | anonymous arg can be found, if there is one. */ | |
163 | ||
164 | rtx current_function_arg_offset_rtx; | |
165 | ||
166 | /* Nonzero if current function uses varargs.h or equivalent. | |
167 | Zero for functions that use stdarg.h. */ | |
168 | ||
169 | int current_function_varargs; | |
170 | ||
ebb904cb RK |
171 | /* Nonzero if current function uses stdarg.h or equivalent. |
172 | Zero for functions that use varargs.h. */ | |
173 | ||
174 | int current_function_stdarg; | |
175 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
176 | /* Quantities of various kinds of registers |
177 | used for the current function's args. */ | |
178 | ||
179 | CUMULATIVE_ARGS current_function_args_info; | |
180 | ||
181 | /* Name of function now being compiled. */ | |
182 | ||
183 | char *current_function_name; | |
184 | ||
185 | /* If non-zero, an RTL expression for that location at which the current | |
186 | function returns its result. Always equal to | |
187 | DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), but provided | |
188 | independently of the tree structures. */ | |
189 | ||
190 | rtx current_function_return_rtx; | |
191 | ||
192 | /* Nonzero if the current function uses the constant pool. */ | |
193 | ||
194 | int current_function_uses_const_pool; | |
195 | ||
196 | /* Nonzero if the current function uses pic_offset_table_rtx. */ | |
197 | int current_function_uses_pic_offset_table; | |
198 | ||
199 | /* The arg pointer hard register, or the pseudo into which it was copied. */ | |
200 | rtx current_function_internal_arg_pointer; | |
201 | ||
202 | /* The FUNCTION_DECL for an inline function currently being expanded. */ | |
203 | tree inline_function_decl; | |
204 | ||
205 | /* Number of function calls seen so far in current function. */ | |
206 | ||
207 | int function_call_count; | |
208 | ||
209 | /* List (chain of TREE_LIST) of LABEL_DECLs for all nonlocal labels | |
210 | (labels to which there can be nonlocal gotos from nested functions) | |
211 | in this function. */ | |
212 | ||
213 | tree nonlocal_labels; | |
214 | ||
215 | /* RTX for stack slot that holds the current handler for nonlocal gotos. | |
216 | Zero when function does not have nonlocal labels. */ | |
217 | ||
218 | rtx nonlocal_goto_handler_slot; | |
219 | ||
220 | /* RTX for stack slot that holds the stack pointer value to restore | |
221 | for a nonlocal goto. | |
222 | Zero when function does not have nonlocal labels. */ | |
223 | ||
224 | rtx nonlocal_goto_stack_level; | |
225 | ||
226 | /* Label that will go on parm cleanup code, if any. | |
227 | Jumping to this label runs cleanup code for parameters, if | |
228 | such code must be run. Following this code is the logical return label. */ | |
229 | ||
230 | rtx cleanup_label; | |
231 | ||
232 | /* Label that will go on function epilogue. | |
233 | Jumping to this label serves as a "return" instruction | |
234 | on machines which require execution of the epilogue on all returns. */ | |
235 | ||
236 | rtx return_label; | |
237 | ||
238 | /* List (chain of EXPR_LISTs) of pseudo-regs of SAVE_EXPRs. | |
239 | So we can mark them all live at the end of the function, if nonopt. */ | |
240 | rtx save_expr_regs; | |
241 | ||
242 | /* List (chain of EXPR_LISTs) of all stack slots in this function. | |
243 | Made for the sake of unshare_all_rtl. */ | |
244 | rtx stack_slot_list; | |
245 | ||
246 | /* Chain of all RTL_EXPRs that have insns in them. */ | |
247 | tree rtl_expr_chain; | |
248 | ||
249 | /* Label to jump back to for tail recursion, or 0 if we have | |
250 | not yet needed one for this function. */ | |
251 | rtx tail_recursion_label; | |
252 | ||
253 | /* Place after which to insert the tail_recursion_label if we need one. */ | |
254 | rtx tail_recursion_reentry; | |
255 | ||
256 | /* Location at which to save the argument pointer if it will need to be | |
257 | referenced. There are two cases where this is done: if nonlocal gotos | |
258 | exist, or if vars stored at an offset from the argument pointer will be | |
259 | needed by inner routines. */ | |
260 | ||
261 | rtx arg_pointer_save_area; | |
262 | ||
263 | /* Offset to end of allocated area of stack frame. | |
264 | If stack grows down, this is the address of the last stack slot allocated. | |
265 | If stack grows up, this is the address for the next slot. */ | |
266 | int frame_offset; | |
267 | ||
268 | /* List (chain of TREE_LISTs) of static chains for containing functions. | |
269 | Each link has a FUNCTION_DECL in the TREE_PURPOSE and a reg rtx | |
270 | in an RTL_EXPR in the TREE_VALUE. */ | |
271 | static tree context_display; | |
272 | ||
273 | /* List (chain of TREE_LISTs) of trampolines for nested functions. | |
274 | The trampoline sets up the static chain and jumps to the function. | |
275 | We supply the trampoline's address when the function's address is requested. | |
276 | ||
277 | Each link has a FUNCTION_DECL in the TREE_PURPOSE and a reg rtx | |
278 | in an RTL_EXPR in the TREE_VALUE. */ | |
279 | static tree trampoline_list; | |
280 | ||
281 | /* Insn after which register parms and SAVE_EXPRs are born, if nonopt. */ | |
282 | static rtx parm_birth_insn; | |
283 | ||
284 | #if 0 | |
285 | /* Nonzero if a stack slot has been generated whose address is not | |
286 | actually valid. It means that the generated rtl must all be scanned | |
287 | to detect and correct the invalid addresses where they occur. */ | |
288 | static int invalid_stack_slot; | |
289 | #endif | |
290 | ||
291 | /* Last insn of those whose job was to put parms into their nominal homes. */ | |
292 | static rtx last_parm_insn; | |
293 | ||
294 | /* 1 + last pseudo register number used for loading a copy | |
295 | of a parameter of this function. */ | |
296 | static int max_parm_reg; | |
297 | ||
298 | /* Vector indexed by REGNO, containing location on stack in which | |
299 | to put the parm which is nominally in pseudo register REGNO, | |
300 | if we discover that that parm must go in the stack. */ | |
301 | static rtx *parm_reg_stack_loc; | |
302 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
303 | /* Nonzero once virtual register instantiation has been done. |
304 | assign_stack_local uses frame_pointer_rtx when this is nonzero. */ | |
305 | static int virtuals_instantiated; | |
306 | ||
46766466 RS |
307 | /* These variables hold pointers to functions to |
308 | save and restore machine-specific data, | |
309 | in push_function_context and pop_function_context. */ | |
9e014ded RK |
310 | void (*save_machine_status) PROTO((struct function *)); |
311 | void (*restore_machine_status) PROTO((struct function *)); | |
46766466 | 312 | |
6f086dfc RS |
313 | /* Nonzero if we need to distinguish between the return value of this function |
314 | and the return value of a function called by this function. This helps | |
315 | integrate.c */ | |
316 | ||
317 | extern int rtx_equal_function_value_matters; | |
e7a84011 | 318 | extern tree sequence_rtl_expr; |
6f086dfc RS |
319 | \f |
320 | /* In order to evaluate some expressions, such as function calls returning | |
321 | structures in memory, we need to temporarily allocate stack locations. | |
322 | We record each allocated temporary in the following structure. | |
323 | ||
324 | Associated with each temporary slot is a nesting level. When we pop up | |
325 | one level, all temporaries associated with the previous level are freed. | |
326 | Normally, all temporaries are freed after the execution of the statement | |
327 | in which they were created. However, if we are inside a ({...}) grouping, | |
328 | the result may be in a temporary and hence must be preserved. If the | |
329 | result could be in a temporary, we preserve it if we can determine which | |
330 | one it is in. If we cannot determine which temporary may contain the | |
331 | result, all temporaries are preserved. A temporary is preserved by | |
332 | pretending it was allocated at the previous nesting level. | |
333 | ||
334 | Automatic variables are also assigned temporary slots, at the nesting | |
335 | level where they are defined. They are marked a "kept" so that | |
336 | free_temp_slots will not free them. */ | |
337 | ||
338 | struct temp_slot | |
339 | { | |
340 | /* Points to next temporary slot. */ | |
341 | struct temp_slot *next; | |
0f41302f | 342 | /* The rtx to used to reference the slot. */ |
6f086dfc | 343 | rtx slot; |
e5e76139 RK |
344 | /* The rtx used to represent the address if not the address of the |
345 | slot above. May be an EXPR_LIST if multiple addresses exist. */ | |
346 | rtx address; | |
6f086dfc RS |
347 | /* The size, in units, of the slot. */ |
348 | int size; | |
e7a84011 RK |
349 | /* The value of `sequence_rtl_expr' when this temporary is allocated. */ |
350 | tree rtl_expr; | |
6f086dfc RS |
351 | /* Non-zero if this temporary is currently in use. */ |
352 | char in_use; | |
a25d4ba2 RK |
353 | /* Non-zero if this temporary has its address taken. */ |
354 | char addr_taken; | |
6f086dfc RS |
355 | /* Nesting level at which this slot is being used. */ |
356 | int level; | |
357 | /* Non-zero if this should survive a call to free_temp_slots. */ | |
358 | int keep; | |
fc91b0d0 RK |
359 | /* The offset of the slot from the frame_pointer, including extra space |
360 | for alignment. This info is for combine_temp_slots. */ | |
361 | int base_offset; | |
362 | /* The size of the slot, including extra space for alignment. This | |
363 | info is for combine_temp_slots. */ | |
364 | int full_size; | |
6f086dfc RS |
365 | }; |
366 | ||
367 | /* List of all temporaries allocated, both available and in use. */ | |
368 | ||
369 | struct temp_slot *temp_slots; | |
370 | ||
371 | /* Current nesting level for temporaries. */ | |
372 | ||
373 | int temp_slot_level; | |
374 | \f | |
c20bf1f3 JB |
375 | /* The FUNCTION_DECL node for the current function. */ |
376 | static tree this_function_decl; | |
377 | ||
378 | /* Callinfo pointer for the current function. */ | |
379 | static rtx this_function_callinfo; | |
380 | ||
381 | /* The label in the bytecode file of this function's actual bytecode. | |
382 | Not an rtx. */ | |
383 | static char *this_function_bytecode; | |
384 | ||
385 | /* The call description vector for the current function. */ | |
386 | static rtx this_function_calldesc; | |
387 | ||
388 | /* Size of the local variables allocated for the current function. */ | |
389 | int local_vars_size; | |
390 | ||
391 | /* Current depth of the bytecode evaluation stack. */ | |
392 | int stack_depth; | |
393 | ||
394 | /* Maximum depth of the evaluation stack in this function. */ | |
395 | int max_stack_depth; | |
396 | ||
397 | /* Current depth in statement expressions. */ | |
398 | static int stmt_expr_depth; | |
e15679f8 RK |
399 | |
400 | /* This structure is used to record MEMs or pseudos used to replace VAR, any | |
401 | SUBREGs of VAR, and any MEMs containing VAR as an address. We need to | |
402 | maintain this list in case two operands of an insn were required to match; | |
403 | in that case we must ensure we use the same replacement. */ | |
404 | ||
405 | struct fixup_replacement | |
406 | { | |
407 | rtx old; | |
408 | rtx new; | |
409 | struct fixup_replacement *next; | |
410 | }; | |
411 | ||
412 | /* Forward declarations. */ | |
413 | ||
414 | static struct temp_slot *find_temp_slot_from_address PROTO((rtx)); | |
415 | static void put_reg_into_stack PROTO((struct function *, rtx, tree, | |
0006e95b RK |
416 | enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode, |
417 | int)); | |
e15679f8 RK |
418 | static void fixup_var_refs PROTO((rtx, enum machine_mode, int)); |
419 | static struct fixup_replacement | |
420 | *find_fixup_replacement PROTO((struct fixup_replacement **, rtx)); | |
421 | static void fixup_var_refs_insns PROTO((rtx, enum machine_mode, int, | |
422 | rtx, int)); | |
423 | static void fixup_var_refs_1 PROTO((rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx *, rtx, | |
424 | struct fixup_replacement **)); | |
425 | static rtx fixup_memory_subreg PROTO((rtx, rtx, int)); | |
426 | static rtx walk_fixup_memory_subreg PROTO((rtx, rtx, int)); | |
427 | static rtx fixup_stack_1 PROTO((rtx, rtx)); | |
428 | static void optimize_bit_field PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *)); | |
429 | static void instantiate_decls PROTO((tree, int)); | |
430 | static void instantiate_decls_1 PROTO((tree, int)); | |
431 | static void instantiate_decl PROTO((rtx, int, int)); | |
432 | static int instantiate_virtual_regs_1 PROTO((rtx *, rtx, int)); | |
433 | static void delete_handlers PROTO((void)); | |
434 | static void pad_to_arg_alignment PROTO((struct args_size *, int)); | |
435 | static void pad_below PROTO((struct args_size *, enum machine_mode, | |
436 | tree)); | |
437 | static tree round_down PROTO((tree, int)); | |
438 | static rtx round_trampoline_addr PROTO((rtx)); | |
439 | static tree blocks_nreverse PROTO((tree)); | |
440 | static int all_blocks PROTO((tree, tree *)); | |
441 | static int *record_insns PROTO((rtx)); | |
442 | static int contains PROTO((rtx, int *)); | |
c20bf1f3 | 443 | \f |
6f086dfc RS |
444 | /* Pointer to chain of `struct function' for containing functions. */ |
445 | struct function *outer_function_chain; | |
446 | ||
447 | /* Given a function decl for a containing function, | |
448 | return the `struct function' for it. */ | |
449 | ||
450 | struct function * | |
451 | find_function_data (decl) | |
452 | tree decl; | |
453 | { | |
454 | struct function *p; | |
455 | for (p = outer_function_chain; p; p = p->next) | |
456 | if (p->decl == decl) | |
457 | return p; | |
458 | abort (); | |
459 | } | |
460 | ||
461 | /* Save the current context for compilation of a nested function. | |
462 | This is called from language-specific code. | |
463 | The caller is responsible for saving any language-specific status, | |
6dc42e49 | 464 | since this function knows only about language-independent variables. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
465 | |
466 | void | |
a0dabda5 JM |
467 | push_function_context_to (context) |
468 | tree context; | |
6f086dfc RS |
469 | { |
470 | struct function *p = (struct function *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct function)); | |
471 | ||
472 | p->next = outer_function_chain; | |
473 | outer_function_chain = p; | |
474 | ||
475 | p->name = current_function_name; | |
476 | p->decl = current_function_decl; | |
477 | p->pops_args = current_function_pops_args; | |
478 | p->returns_struct = current_function_returns_struct; | |
479 | p->returns_pcc_struct = current_function_returns_pcc_struct; | |
1651bdfe | 480 | p->returns_pointer = current_function_returns_pointer; |
6f086dfc RS |
481 | p->needs_context = current_function_needs_context; |
482 | p->calls_setjmp = current_function_calls_setjmp; | |
483 | p->calls_longjmp = current_function_calls_longjmp; | |
484 | p->calls_alloca = current_function_calls_alloca; | |
485 | p->has_nonlocal_label = current_function_has_nonlocal_label; | |
8634413a | 486 | p->has_nonlocal_goto = current_function_has_nonlocal_goto; |
a0dabda5 | 487 | p->contains_functions = current_function_contains_functions; |
6f086dfc RS |
488 | p->args_size = current_function_args_size; |
489 | p->pretend_args_size = current_function_pretend_args_size; | |
490 | p->arg_offset_rtx = current_function_arg_offset_rtx; | |
3b69d50e | 491 | p->varargs = current_function_varargs; |
ebb904cb | 492 | p->stdarg = current_function_stdarg; |
6f086dfc RS |
493 | p->uses_const_pool = current_function_uses_const_pool; |
494 | p->uses_pic_offset_table = current_function_uses_pic_offset_table; | |
495 | p->internal_arg_pointer = current_function_internal_arg_pointer; | |
496 | p->max_parm_reg = max_parm_reg; | |
497 | p->parm_reg_stack_loc = parm_reg_stack_loc; | |
498 | p->outgoing_args_size = current_function_outgoing_args_size; | |
499 | p->return_rtx = current_function_return_rtx; | |
500 | p->nonlocal_goto_handler_slot = nonlocal_goto_handler_slot; | |
501 | p->nonlocal_goto_stack_level = nonlocal_goto_stack_level; | |
502 | p->nonlocal_labels = nonlocal_labels; | |
503 | p->cleanup_label = cleanup_label; | |
504 | p->return_label = return_label; | |
505 | p->save_expr_regs = save_expr_regs; | |
506 | p->stack_slot_list = stack_slot_list; | |
507 | p->parm_birth_insn = parm_birth_insn; | |
508 | p->frame_offset = frame_offset; | |
509 | p->tail_recursion_label = tail_recursion_label; | |
510 | p->tail_recursion_reentry = tail_recursion_reentry; | |
511 | p->arg_pointer_save_area = arg_pointer_save_area; | |
512 | p->rtl_expr_chain = rtl_expr_chain; | |
513 | p->last_parm_insn = last_parm_insn; | |
514 | p->context_display = context_display; | |
515 | p->trampoline_list = trampoline_list; | |
516 | p->function_call_count = function_call_count; | |
517 | p->temp_slots = temp_slots; | |
518 | p->temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; | |
519 | p->fixup_var_refs_queue = 0; | |
f979c996 | 520 | p->epilogue_delay_list = current_function_epilogue_delay_list; |
6f086dfc | 521 | |
a0dabda5 | 522 | save_tree_status (p, context); |
6f086dfc RS |
523 | save_storage_status (p); |
524 | save_emit_status (p); | |
525 | init_emit (); | |
526 | save_expr_status (p); | |
527 | save_stmt_status (p); | |
a506307a | 528 | save_varasm_status (p); |
46766466 RS |
529 | |
530 | if (save_machine_status) | |
531 | (*save_machine_status) (p); | |
6f086dfc RS |
532 | } |
533 | ||
e4a4639e JM |
534 | void |
535 | push_function_context () | |
536 | { | |
a0dabda5 | 537 | push_function_context_to (current_function_decl); |
e4a4639e JM |
538 | } |
539 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
540 | /* Restore the last saved context, at the end of a nested function. |
541 | This function is called from language-specific code. */ | |
542 | ||
543 | void | |
a0dabda5 JM |
544 | pop_function_context_from (context) |
545 | tree context; | |
6f086dfc RS |
546 | { |
547 | struct function *p = outer_function_chain; | |
548 | ||
549 | outer_function_chain = p->next; | |
550 | ||
49468af2 RK |
551 | current_function_contains_functions |
552 | = p->contains_functions || p->inline_obstacks | |
553 | || context == current_function_decl; | |
6f086dfc RS |
554 | current_function_name = p->name; |
555 | current_function_decl = p->decl; | |
556 | current_function_pops_args = p->pops_args; | |
557 | current_function_returns_struct = p->returns_struct; | |
558 | current_function_returns_pcc_struct = p->returns_pcc_struct; | |
1651bdfe | 559 | current_function_returns_pointer = p->returns_pointer; |
6f086dfc RS |
560 | current_function_needs_context = p->needs_context; |
561 | current_function_calls_setjmp = p->calls_setjmp; | |
562 | current_function_calls_longjmp = p->calls_longjmp; | |
563 | current_function_calls_alloca = p->calls_alloca; | |
564 | current_function_has_nonlocal_label = p->has_nonlocal_label; | |
8634413a | 565 | current_function_has_nonlocal_goto = p->has_nonlocal_goto; |
6f086dfc RS |
566 | current_function_args_size = p->args_size; |
567 | current_function_pretend_args_size = p->pretend_args_size; | |
568 | current_function_arg_offset_rtx = p->arg_offset_rtx; | |
3b69d50e | 569 | current_function_varargs = p->varargs; |
ebb904cb | 570 | current_function_stdarg = p->stdarg; |
6f086dfc RS |
571 | current_function_uses_const_pool = p->uses_const_pool; |
572 | current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = p->uses_pic_offset_table; | |
573 | current_function_internal_arg_pointer = p->internal_arg_pointer; | |
574 | max_parm_reg = p->max_parm_reg; | |
575 | parm_reg_stack_loc = p->parm_reg_stack_loc; | |
576 | current_function_outgoing_args_size = p->outgoing_args_size; | |
577 | current_function_return_rtx = p->return_rtx; | |
578 | nonlocal_goto_handler_slot = p->nonlocal_goto_handler_slot; | |
579 | nonlocal_goto_stack_level = p->nonlocal_goto_stack_level; | |
580 | nonlocal_labels = p->nonlocal_labels; | |
581 | cleanup_label = p->cleanup_label; | |
582 | return_label = p->return_label; | |
583 | save_expr_regs = p->save_expr_regs; | |
584 | stack_slot_list = p->stack_slot_list; | |
585 | parm_birth_insn = p->parm_birth_insn; | |
586 | frame_offset = p->frame_offset; | |
587 | tail_recursion_label = p->tail_recursion_label; | |
588 | tail_recursion_reentry = p->tail_recursion_reentry; | |
589 | arg_pointer_save_area = p->arg_pointer_save_area; | |
590 | rtl_expr_chain = p->rtl_expr_chain; | |
591 | last_parm_insn = p->last_parm_insn; | |
592 | context_display = p->context_display; | |
593 | trampoline_list = p->trampoline_list; | |
594 | function_call_count = p->function_call_count; | |
595 | temp_slots = p->temp_slots; | |
596 | temp_slot_level = p->temp_slot_level; | |
f979c996 | 597 | current_function_epilogue_delay_list = p->epilogue_delay_list; |
7cbc7b0c | 598 | reg_renumber = 0; |
6f086dfc | 599 | |
a0dabda5 | 600 | restore_tree_status (p); |
6f086dfc RS |
601 | restore_storage_status (p); |
602 | restore_expr_status (p); | |
603 | restore_emit_status (p); | |
604 | restore_stmt_status (p); | |
a506307a | 605 | restore_varasm_status (p); |
6f086dfc | 606 | |
46766466 RS |
607 | if (restore_machine_status) |
608 | (*restore_machine_status) (p); | |
609 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
610 | /* Finish doing put_var_into_stack for any of our variables |
611 | which became addressable during the nested function. */ | |
612 | { | |
613 | struct var_refs_queue *queue = p->fixup_var_refs_queue; | |
614 | for (; queue; queue = queue->next) | |
00d8a4c1 | 615 | fixup_var_refs (queue->modified, queue->promoted_mode, queue->unsignedp); |
6f086dfc RS |
616 | } |
617 | ||
618 | free (p); | |
619 | ||
620 | /* Reset variables that have known state during rtx generation. */ | |
621 | rtx_equal_function_value_matters = 1; | |
622 | virtuals_instantiated = 0; | |
623 | } | |
e4a4639e JM |
624 | |
625 | void pop_function_context () | |
626 | { | |
a0dabda5 | 627 | pop_function_context_from (current_function_decl); |
e4a4639e | 628 | } |
6f086dfc RS |
629 | \f |
630 | /* Allocate fixed slots in the stack frame of the current function. */ | |
631 | ||
632 | /* Return size needed for stack frame based on slots so far allocated. | |
633 | This size counts from zero. It is not rounded to STACK_BOUNDARY; | |
634 | the caller may have to do that. */ | |
635 | ||
636 | int | |
637 | get_frame_size () | |
638 | { | |
639 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
640 | return -frame_offset; | |
641 | #else | |
642 | return frame_offset; | |
643 | #endif | |
644 | } | |
645 | ||
646 | /* Allocate a stack slot of SIZE bytes and return a MEM rtx for it | |
647 | with machine mode MODE. | |
648 | ||
649 | ALIGN controls the amount of alignment for the address of the slot: | |
650 | 0 means according to MODE, | |
651 | -1 means use BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT and round size to multiple of that, | |
652 | positive specifies alignment boundary in bits. | |
653 | ||
654 | We do not round to stack_boundary here. */ | |
655 | ||
656 | rtx | |
657 | assign_stack_local (mode, size, align) | |
658 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
659 | int size; | |
660 | int align; | |
661 | { | |
662 | register rtx x, addr; | |
663 | int bigend_correction = 0; | |
664 | int alignment; | |
665 | ||
666 | if (align == 0) | |
667 | { | |
668 | alignment = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
669 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
670 | alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
671 | } | |
672 | else if (align == -1) | |
673 | { | |
674 | alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
675 | size = CEIL_ROUND (size, alignment); | |
676 | } | |
677 | else | |
678 | alignment = align / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
679 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
680 | /* Round frame offset to that alignment. |
681 | We must be careful here, since FRAME_OFFSET might be negative and | |
682 | division with a negative dividend isn't as well defined as we might | |
683 | like. So we instead assume that ALIGNMENT is a power of two and | |
684 | use logical operations which are unambiguous. */ | |
685 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
686 | frame_offset = FLOOR_ROUND (frame_offset, alignment); | |
687 | #else | |
688 | frame_offset = CEIL_ROUND (frame_offset, alignment); | |
689 | #endif | |
690 | ||
691 | /* On a big-endian machine, if we are allocating more space than we will use, | |
692 | use the least significant bytes of those that are allocated. */ | |
f76b9db2 | 693 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && mode != BLKmode) |
6f086dfc | 694 | bigend_correction = size - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
6f086dfc RS |
695 | |
696 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
697 | frame_offset -= size; | |
698 | #endif | |
699 | ||
700 | /* If we have already instantiated virtual registers, return the actual | |
701 | address relative to the frame pointer. */ | |
702 | if (virtuals_instantiated) | |
703 | addr = plus_constant (frame_pointer_rtx, | |
704 | (frame_offset + bigend_correction | |
705 | + STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET)); | |
706 | else | |
707 | addr = plus_constant (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, | |
708 | frame_offset + bigend_correction); | |
709 | ||
710 | #ifndef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
711 | frame_offset += size; | |
712 | #endif | |
713 | ||
714 | x = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, addr); | |
715 | ||
716 | stack_slot_list = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, x, stack_slot_list); | |
717 | ||
718 | return x; | |
719 | } | |
720 | ||
721 | /* Assign a stack slot in a containing function. | |
722 | First three arguments are same as in preceding function. | |
723 | The last argument specifies the function to allocate in. */ | |
724 | ||
725 | rtx | |
726 | assign_outer_stack_local (mode, size, align, function) | |
727 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
728 | int size; | |
729 | int align; | |
730 | struct function *function; | |
731 | { | |
732 | register rtx x, addr; | |
733 | int bigend_correction = 0; | |
734 | int alignment; | |
735 | ||
736 | /* Allocate in the memory associated with the function in whose frame | |
737 | we are assigning. */ | |
738 | push_obstacks (function->function_obstack, | |
739 | function->function_maybepermanent_obstack); | |
740 | ||
741 | if (align == 0) | |
742 | { | |
743 | alignment = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
744 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
745 | alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
746 | } | |
747 | else if (align == -1) | |
748 | { | |
749 | alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
750 | size = CEIL_ROUND (size, alignment); | |
751 | } | |
752 | else | |
753 | alignment = align / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
754 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
755 | /* Round frame offset to that alignment. */ |
756 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
2af69b62 | 757 | function->frame_offset = FLOOR_ROUND (function->frame_offset, alignment); |
6f086dfc | 758 | #else |
2af69b62 | 759 | function->frame_offset = CEIL_ROUND (function->frame_offset, alignment); |
6f086dfc RS |
760 | #endif |
761 | ||
762 | /* On a big-endian machine, if we are allocating more space than we will use, | |
763 | use the least significant bytes of those that are allocated. */ | |
f76b9db2 | 764 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && mode != BLKmode) |
6f086dfc | 765 | bigend_correction = size - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
6f086dfc RS |
766 | |
767 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
768 | function->frame_offset -= size; | |
769 | #endif | |
770 | addr = plus_constant (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, | |
771 | function->frame_offset + bigend_correction); | |
772 | #ifndef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
773 | function->frame_offset += size; | |
774 | #endif | |
775 | ||
776 | x = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, addr); | |
777 | ||
778 | function->stack_slot_list | |
779 | = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, x, function->stack_slot_list); | |
780 | ||
781 | pop_obstacks (); | |
782 | ||
783 | return x; | |
784 | } | |
785 | \f | |
786 | /* Allocate a temporary stack slot and record it for possible later | |
787 | reuse. | |
788 | ||
789 | MODE is the machine mode to be given to the returned rtx. | |
790 | ||
791 | SIZE is the size in units of the space required. We do no rounding here | |
792 | since assign_stack_local will do any required rounding. | |
793 | ||
d93d4205 MS |
794 | KEEP is 1 if this slot is to be retained after a call to |
795 | free_temp_slots. Automatic variables for a block are allocated | |
796 | with this flag. KEEP is 2, if we allocate a longer term temporary, | |
797 | whose lifetime is controlled by CLEANUP_POINT_EXPRs. */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
798 | |
799 | rtx | |
800 | assign_stack_temp (mode, size, keep) | |
801 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
802 | int size; | |
803 | int keep; | |
804 | { | |
805 | struct temp_slot *p, *best_p = 0; | |
806 | ||
303ec2aa RK |
807 | /* If SIZE is -1 it means that somebody tried to allocate a temporary |
808 | of a variable size. */ | |
809 | if (size == -1) | |
810 | abort (); | |
811 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
812 | /* First try to find an available, already-allocated temporary that is the |
813 | exact size we require. */ | |
814 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
815 | if (p->size == size && GET_MODE (p->slot) == mode && ! p->in_use) | |
816 | break; | |
817 | ||
818 | /* If we didn't find, one, try one that is larger than what we want. We | |
819 | find the smallest such. */ | |
820 | if (p == 0) | |
821 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
822 | if (p->size > size && GET_MODE (p->slot) == mode && ! p->in_use | |
823 | && (best_p == 0 || best_p->size > p->size)) | |
824 | best_p = p; | |
825 | ||
826 | /* Make our best, if any, the one to use. */ | |
827 | if (best_p) | |
a45035b6 JW |
828 | { |
829 | /* If there are enough aligned bytes left over, make them into a new | |
830 | temp_slot so that the extra bytes don't get wasted. Do this only | |
831 | for BLKmode slots, so that we can be sure of the alignment. */ | |
832 | if (GET_MODE (best_p->slot) == BLKmode) | |
833 | { | |
834 | int alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
835 | int rounded_size = CEIL_ROUND (size, alignment); | |
836 | ||
837 | if (best_p->size - rounded_size >= alignment) | |
838 | { | |
839 | p = (struct temp_slot *) oballoc (sizeof (struct temp_slot)); | |
a25d4ba2 | 840 | p->in_use = p->addr_taken = 0; |
a45035b6 | 841 | p->size = best_p->size - rounded_size; |
307d8cd6 RK |
842 | p->base_offset = best_p->base_offset + rounded_size; |
843 | p->full_size = best_p->full_size - rounded_size; | |
a45035b6 JW |
844 | p->slot = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, |
845 | plus_constant (XEXP (best_p->slot, 0), | |
846 | rounded_size)); | |
e5e76139 | 847 | p->address = 0; |
84e24c03 | 848 | p->rtl_expr = 0; |
a45035b6 JW |
849 | p->next = temp_slots; |
850 | temp_slots = p; | |
851 | ||
852 | stack_slot_list = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, p->slot, | |
853 | stack_slot_list); | |
854 | ||
855 | best_p->size = rounded_size; | |
291dde90 | 856 | best_p->full_size = rounded_size; |
a45035b6 JW |
857 | } |
858 | } | |
859 | ||
860 | p = best_p; | |
861 | } | |
862 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
863 | /* If we still didn't find one, make a new temporary. */ |
864 | if (p == 0) | |
865 | { | |
b2a80c0d | 866 | int frame_offset_old = frame_offset; |
6f086dfc | 867 | p = (struct temp_slot *) oballoc (sizeof (struct temp_slot)); |
6f086dfc RS |
868 | /* If the temp slot mode doesn't indicate the alignment, |
869 | use the largest possible, so no one will be disappointed. */ | |
e5e76139 | 870 | p->slot = assign_stack_local (mode, size, mode == BLKmode ? -1 : 0); |
b2a80c0d DE |
871 | /* The following slot size computation is necessary because we don't |
872 | know the actual size of the temporary slot until assign_stack_local | |
873 | has performed all the frame alignment and size rounding for the | |
fc91b0d0 RK |
874 | requested temporary. Note that extra space added for alignment |
875 | can be either above or below this stack slot depending on which | |
876 | way the frame grows. We include the extra space if and only if it | |
877 | is above this slot. */ | |
b2a80c0d DE |
878 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
879 | p->size = frame_offset_old - frame_offset; | |
880 | #else | |
fc91b0d0 RK |
881 | p->size = size; |
882 | #endif | |
883 | /* Now define the fields used by combine_temp_slots. */ | |
884 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
885 | p->base_offset = frame_offset; | |
886 | p->full_size = frame_offset_old - frame_offset; | |
887 | #else | |
888 | p->base_offset = frame_offset_old; | |
889 | p->full_size = frame_offset - frame_offset_old; | |
b2a80c0d | 890 | #endif |
e5e76139 | 891 | p->address = 0; |
6f086dfc RS |
892 | p->next = temp_slots; |
893 | temp_slots = p; | |
894 | } | |
895 | ||
896 | p->in_use = 1; | |
a25d4ba2 | 897 | p->addr_taken = 0; |
e7a84011 | 898 | p->rtl_expr = sequence_rtl_expr; |
a25d4ba2 | 899 | |
d93d4205 MS |
900 | if (keep == 2) |
901 | { | |
902 | p->level = target_temp_slot_level; | |
903 | p->keep = 0; | |
904 | } | |
905 | else | |
906 | { | |
907 | p->level = temp_slot_level; | |
908 | p->keep = keep; | |
909 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
910 | return p->slot; |
911 | } | |
638141a6 | 912 | \f |
230f21b4 PB |
913 | /* Assign a temporary of given TYPE. |
914 | KEEP is as for assign_stack_temp. | |
915 | MEMORY_REQUIRED is 1 if the result must be addressable stack memory; | |
b55d9ff8 RK |
916 | it is 0 if a register is OK. |
917 | DONT_PROMOTE is 1 if we should not promote values in register | |
918 | to wider modes. */ | |
230f21b4 PB |
919 | |
920 | rtx | |
b55d9ff8 | 921 | assign_temp (type, keep, memory_required, dont_promote) |
230f21b4 PB |
922 | tree type; |
923 | int keep; | |
924 | int memory_required; | |
b55d9ff8 | 925 | int dont_promote; |
230f21b4 PB |
926 | { |
927 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
638141a6 RK |
928 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); |
929 | ||
230f21b4 PB |
930 | if (mode == BLKmode || memory_required) |
931 | { | |
932 | int size = int_size_in_bytes (type); | |
933 | rtx tmp; | |
934 | ||
935 | /* Unfortunately, we don't yet know how to allocate variable-sized | |
936 | temporaries. However, sometimes we have a fixed upper limit on | |
937 | the size (which is stored in TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE) and can use that | |
0f41302f | 938 | instead. This is the case for Chill variable-sized strings. */ |
230f21b4 PB |
939 | if (size == -1 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE |
940 | && TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (type) != NULL_TREE | |
941 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
942 | size = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (type)); | |
943 | ||
944 | tmp = assign_stack_temp (mode, size, keep); | |
945 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (tmp) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); | |
946 | return tmp; | |
947 | } | |
638141a6 | 948 | |
230f21b4 | 949 | #ifndef PROMOTE_FOR_CALL_ONLY |
b55d9ff8 RK |
950 | if (! dont_promote) |
951 | mode = promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); | |
230f21b4 | 952 | #endif |
638141a6 | 953 | |
230f21b4 PB |
954 | return gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
955 | } | |
638141a6 | 956 | \f |
a45035b6 JW |
957 | /* Combine temporary stack slots which are adjacent on the stack. |
958 | ||
959 | This allows for better use of already allocated stack space. This is only | |
960 | done for BLKmode slots because we can be sure that we won't have alignment | |
961 | problems in this case. */ | |
962 | ||
963 | void | |
964 | combine_temp_slots () | |
965 | { | |
966 | struct temp_slot *p, *q; | |
967 | struct temp_slot *prev_p, *prev_q; | |
e9b7093a RS |
968 | /* Determine where to free back to after this function. */ |
969 | rtx free_pointer = rtx_alloc (CONST_INT); | |
a45035b6 | 970 | |
e9b7093a RS |
971 | for (p = temp_slots, prev_p = 0; p; p = prev_p ? prev_p->next : temp_slots) |
972 | { | |
973 | int delete_p = 0; | |
974 | if (! p->in_use && GET_MODE (p->slot) == BLKmode) | |
975 | for (q = p->next, prev_q = p; q; q = prev_q->next) | |
a45035b6 | 976 | { |
e9b7093a RS |
977 | int delete_q = 0; |
978 | if (! q->in_use && GET_MODE (q->slot) == BLKmode) | |
a45035b6 | 979 | { |
fc91b0d0 | 980 | if (p->base_offset + p->full_size == q->base_offset) |
e9b7093a RS |
981 | { |
982 | /* Q comes after P; combine Q into P. */ | |
983 | p->size += q->size; | |
307d8cd6 | 984 | p->full_size += q->full_size; |
e9b7093a RS |
985 | delete_q = 1; |
986 | } | |
fc91b0d0 | 987 | else if (q->base_offset + q->full_size == p->base_offset) |
e9b7093a RS |
988 | { |
989 | /* P comes after Q; combine P into Q. */ | |
990 | q->size += p->size; | |
307d8cd6 | 991 | q->full_size += p->full_size; |
e9b7093a RS |
992 | delete_p = 1; |
993 | break; | |
994 | } | |
a45035b6 | 995 | } |
e9b7093a RS |
996 | /* Either delete Q or advance past it. */ |
997 | if (delete_q) | |
998 | prev_q->next = q->next; | |
999 | else | |
1000 | prev_q = q; | |
a45035b6 | 1001 | } |
e9b7093a RS |
1002 | /* Either delete P or advance past it. */ |
1003 | if (delete_p) | |
1004 | { | |
1005 | if (prev_p) | |
1006 | prev_p->next = p->next; | |
1007 | else | |
1008 | temp_slots = p->next; | |
1009 | } | |
1010 | else | |
1011 | prev_p = p; | |
1012 | } | |
1013 | ||
1014 | /* Free all the RTL made by plus_constant. */ | |
1015 | rtx_free (free_pointer); | |
a45035b6 | 1016 | } |
6f086dfc | 1017 | \f |
e5e76139 RK |
1018 | /* Find the temp slot corresponding to the object at address X. */ |
1019 | ||
1020 | static struct temp_slot * | |
1021 | find_temp_slot_from_address (x) | |
1022 | rtx x; | |
1023 | { | |
1024 | struct temp_slot *p; | |
1025 | rtx next; | |
1026 | ||
1027 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
1028 | { | |
1029 | if (! p->in_use) | |
1030 | continue; | |
1031 | else if (XEXP (p->slot, 0) == x | |
abb52246 RK |
1032 | || p->address == x |
1033 | || (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS | |
1034 | && XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx | |
1035 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
1036 | && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= p->base_offset | |
1037 | && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < p->base_offset + p->full_size)) | |
e5e76139 RK |
1038 | return p; |
1039 | ||
1040 | else if (p->address != 0 && GET_CODE (p->address) == EXPR_LIST) | |
1041 | for (next = p->address; next; next = XEXP (next, 1)) | |
1042 | if (XEXP (next, 0) == x) | |
1043 | return p; | |
1044 | } | |
1045 | ||
1046 | return 0; | |
1047 | } | |
1048 | ||
9faa82d8 | 1049 | /* Indicate that NEW is an alternate way of referring to the temp slot |
e5e76139 RK |
1050 | that previous was known by OLD. */ |
1051 | ||
1052 | void | |
1053 | update_temp_slot_address (old, new) | |
1054 | rtx old, new; | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | struct temp_slot *p = find_temp_slot_from_address (old); | |
1057 | ||
1058 | /* If none, return. Else add NEW as an alias. */ | |
1059 | if (p == 0) | |
1060 | return; | |
1061 | else if (p->address == 0) | |
1062 | p->address = new; | |
1063 | else | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | if (GET_CODE (p->address) != EXPR_LIST) | |
1066 | p->address = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, p->address, NULL_RTX); | |
1067 | ||
1068 | p->address = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, new, p->address); | |
1069 | } | |
1070 | } | |
1071 | ||
a25d4ba2 | 1072 | /* If X could be a reference to a temporary slot, mark the fact that its |
9faa82d8 | 1073 | address was taken. */ |
a25d4ba2 RK |
1074 | |
1075 | void | |
1076 | mark_temp_addr_taken (x) | |
1077 | rtx x; | |
1078 | { | |
1079 | struct temp_slot *p; | |
1080 | ||
1081 | if (x == 0) | |
1082 | return; | |
1083 | ||
1084 | /* If X is not in memory or is at a constant address, it cannot be in | |
1085 | a temporary slot. */ | |
1086 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0))) | |
1087 | return; | |
1088 | ||
1089 | p = find_temp_slot_from_address (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
1090 | if (p != 0) | |
1091 | p->addr_taken = 1; | |
1092 | } | |
1093 | ||
9cca6a99 MS |
1094 | /* If X could be a reference to a temporary slot, mark that slot as |
1095 | belonging to the to one level higher than the current level. If X | |
1096 | matched one of our slots, just mark that one. Otherwise, we can't | |
1097 | easily predict which it is, so upgrade all of them. Kept slots | |
1098 | need not be touched. | |
6f086dfc RS |
1099 | |
1100 | This is called when an ({...}) construct occurs and a statement | |
1101 | returns a value in memory. */ | |
1102 | ||
1103 | void | |
1104 | preserve_temp_slots (x) | |
1105 | rtx x; | |
1106 | { | |
a25d4ba2 | 1107 | struct temp_slot *p = 0; |
6f086dfc | 1108 | |
73620b82 RK |
1109 | /* If there is no result, we still might have some objects whose address |
1110 | were taken, so we need to make sure they stay around. */ | |
e3a77161 | 1111 | if (x == 0) |
73620b82 RK |
1112 | { |
1113 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
1114 | if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && p->addr_taken) | |
1115 | p->level--; | |
1116 | ||
1117 | return; | |
1118 | } | |
e3a77161 RK |
1119 | |
1120 | /* If X is a register that is being used as a pointer, see if we have | |
1121 | a temporary slot we know it points to. To be consistent with | |
1122 | the code below, we really should preserve all non-kept slots | |
1123 | if we can't find a match, but that seems to be much too costly. */ | |
a25d4ba2 RK |
1124 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO_POINTER_FLAG (REGNO (x))) |
1125 | p = find_temp_slot_from_address (x); | |
1126 | ||
6f086dfc | 1127 | /* If X is not in memory or is at a constant address, it cannot be in |
e19571db RK |
1128 | a temporary slot, but it can contain something whose address was |
1129 | taken. */ | |
a25d4ba2 | 1130 | if (p == 0 && (GET_CODE (x) != MEM || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0)))) |
e19571db RK |
1131 | { |
1132 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
1133 | if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && p->addr_taken) | |
1134 | p->level--; | |
1135 | ||
1136 | return; | |
1137 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
1138 | |
1139 | /* First see if we can find a match. */ | |
73620b82 | 1140 | if (p == 0) |
a25d4ba2 RK |
1141 | p = find_temp_slot_from_address (XEXP (x, 0)); |
1142 | ||
e5e76139 RK |
1143 | if (p != 0) |
1144 | { | |
a25d4ba2 RK |
1145 | /* Move everything at our level whose address was taken to our new |
1146 | level in case we used its address. */ | |
1147 | struct temp_slot *q; | |
1148 | ||
9cca6a99 MS |
1149 | if (p->level == temp_slot_level) |
1150 | { | |
1151 | for (q = temp_slots; q; q = q->next) | |
1152 | if (q != p && q->addr_taken && q->level == p->level) | |
1153 | q->level--; | |
a25d4ba2 | 1154 | |
9cca6a99 MS |
1155 | p->level--; |
1156 | p->addr_taken = 0; | |
1157 | } | |
e5e76139 RK |
1158 | return; |
1159 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
1160 | |
1161 | /* Otherwise, preserve all non-kept slots at this level. */ | |
1162 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
1163 | if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && ! p->keep) | |
1164 | p->level--; | |
1165 | } | |
1166 | ||
422c8f63 RK |
1167 | /* X is the result of an RTL_EXPR. If it is a temporary slot associated |
1168 | with that RTL_EXPR, promote it into a temporary slot at the present | |
1169 | level so it will not be freed when we free slots made in the | |
1170 | RTL_EXPR. */ | |
1171 | ||
1172 | void | |
1173 | preserve_rtl_expr_result (x) | |
1174 | rtx x; | |
1175 | { | |
1176 | struct temp_slot *p; | |
1177 | ||
1178 | /* If X is not in memory or is at a constant address, it cannot be in | |
1179 | a temporary slot. */ | |
1180 | if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0))) | |
1181 | return; | |
1182 | ||
199b61d8 RK |
1183 | /* If we can find a match, move it to our level unless it is already at |
1184 | an upper level. */ | |
1185 | p = find_temp_slot_from_address (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
1186 | if (p != 0) | |
1187 | { | |
1188 | p->level = MIN (p->level, temp_slot_level); | |
1189 | p->rtl_expr = 0; | |
1190 | } | |
422c8f63 RK |
1191 | |
1192 | return; | |
1193 | } | |
1194 | ||
6f086dfc | 1195 | /* Free all temporaries used so far. This is normally called at the end |
e7a84011 RK |
1196 | of generating code for a statement. Don't free any temporaries |
1197 | currently in use for an RTL_EXPR that hasn't yet been emitted. | |
1198 | We could eventually do better than this since it can be reused while | |
1199 | generating the same RTL_EXPR, but this is complex and probably not | |
1200 | worthwhile. */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
1201 | |
1202 | void | |
1203 | free_temp_slots () | |
1204 | { | |
1205 | struct temp_slot *p; | |
1206 | ||
1207 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
e7a84011 RK |
1208 | if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && ! p->keep |
1209 | && p->rtl_expr == 0) | |
1210 | p->in_use = 0; | |
1211 | ||
1212 | combine_temp_slots (); | |
1213 | } | |
1214 | ||
1215 | /* Free all temporary slots used in T, an RTL_EXPR node. */ | |
1216 | ||
1217 | void | |
1218 | free_temps_for_rtl_expr (t) | |
1219 | tree t; | |
1220 | { | |
1221 | struct temp_slot *p; | |
1222 | ||
1223 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
1224 | if (p->rtl_expr == t) | |
6f086dfc | 1225 | p->in_use = 0; |
a45035b6 JW |
1226 | |
1227 | combine_temp_slots (); | |
6f086dfc RS |
1228 | } |
1229 | ||
a94e4054 RK |
1230 | /* Mark all temporaries ever allocated in this functon as not suitable |
1231 | for reuse until the current level is exited. */ | |
1232 | ||
1233 | void | |
1234 | mark_all_temps_used () | |
1235 | { | |
1236 | struct temp_slot *p; | |
1237 | ||
1238 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) | |
1239 | { | |
1240 | p->in_use = 1; | |
27ce006b | 1241 | p->level = MIN (p->level, temp_slot_level); |
a94e4054 RK |
1242 | } |
1243 | } | |
1244 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
1245 | /* Push deeper into the nesting level for stack temporaries. */ |
1246 | ||
1247 | void | |
1248 | push_temp_slots () | |
1249 | { | |
6f086dfc RS |
1250 | temp_slot_level++; |
1251 | } | |
1252 | ||
1253 | /* Pop a temporary nesting level. All slots in use in the current level | |
1254 | are freed. */ | |
1255 | ||
1256 | void | |
1257 | pop_temp_slots () | |
1258 | { | |
1259 | struct temp_slot *p; | |
1260 | ||
6f086dfc | 1261 | for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next) |
e7a84011 | 1262 | if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && p->rtl_expr == 0) |
6f086dfc RS |
1263 | p->in_use = 0; |
1264 | ||
a45035b6 JW |
1265 | combine_temp_slots (); |
1266 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
1267 | temp_slot_level--; |
1268 | } | |
bc0ebdf9 RK |
1269 | |
1270 | /* Initialize temporary slots. */ | |
1271 | ||
1272 | void | |
1273 | init_temp_slots () | |
1274 | { | |
1275 | /* We have not allocated any temporaries yet. */ | |
1276 | temp_slots = 0; | |
1277 | temp_slot_level = 0; | |
1278 | target_temp_slot_level = 0; | |
1279 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
1280 | \f |
1281 | /* Retroactively move an auto variable from a register to a stack slot. | |
1282 | This is done when an address-reference to the variable is seen. */ | |
1283 | ||
1284 | void | |
1285 | put_var_into_stack (decl) | |
1286 | tree decl; | |
1287 | { | |
1288 | register rtx reg; | |
00d8a4c1 | 1289 | enum machine_mode promoted_mode, decl_mode; |
6f086dfc | 1290 | struct function *function = 0; |
c20bf1f3 JB |
1291 | tree context; |
1292 | ||
1293 | if (output_bytecode) | |
1294 | return; | |
1295 | ||
1296 | context = decl_function_context (decl); | |
6f086dfc | 1297 | |
00d8a4c1 | 1298 | /* Get the current rtl used for this object and it's original mode. */ |
6f086dfc | 1299 | reg = TREE_CODE (decl) == SAVE_EXPR ? SAVE_EXPR_RTL (decl) : DECL_RTL (decl); |
2baccce2 RS |
1300 | |
1301 | /* No need to do anything if decl has no rtx yet | |
1302 | since in that case caller is setting TREE_ADDRESSABLE | |
1303 | and a stack slot will be assigned when the rtl is made. */ | |
1304 | if (reg == 0) | |
1305 | return; | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1306 | |
1307 | /* Get the declared mode for this object. */ | |
1308 | decl_mode = (TREE_CODE (decl) == SAVE_EXPR ? TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) | |
1309 | : DECL_MODE (decl)); | |
2baccce2 RS |
1310 | /* Get the mode it's actually stored in. */ |
1311 | promoted_mode = GET_MODE (reg); | |
6f086dfc RS |
1312 | |
1313 | /* If this variable comes from an outer function, | |
1314 | find that function's saved context. */ | |
1315 | if (context != current_function_decl) | |
1316 | for (function = outer_function_chain; function; function = function->next) | |
1317 | if (function->decl == context) | |
1318 | break; | |
1319 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
1320 | /* If this is a variable-size object with a pseudo to address it, |
1321 | put that pseudo into the stack, if the var is nonlocal. */ | |
a82ad570 | 1322 | if (DECL_NONLOCAL (decl) |
6f086dfc RS |
1323 | && GET_CODE (reg) == MEM |
1324 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (reg, 0)) == REG | |
1325 | && REGNO (XEXP (reg, 0)) > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
4cdb3e78 RS |
1326 | { |
1327 | reg = XEXP (reg, 0); | |
1328 | decl_mode = promoted_mode = GET_MODE (reg); | |
1329 | } | |
e15762df | 1330 | |
293e3de4 RS |
1331 | /* Now we should have a value that resides in one or more pseudo regs. */ |
1332 | ||
1333 | if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG) | |
1334 | put_reg_into_stack (function, reg, TREE_TYPE (decl), | |
0006e95b | 1335 | promoted_mode, decl_mode, TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)); |
293e3de4 RS |
1336 | else if (GET_CODE (reg) == CONCAT) |
1337 | { | |
1338 | /* A CONCAT contains two pseudos; put them both in the stack. | |
1339 | We do it so they end up consecutive. */ | |
1340 | enum machine_mode part_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (reg, 0)); | |
1341 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)); | |
4738c10d | 1342 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
293e3de4 | 1343 | /* Since part 0 should have a lower address, do it second. */ |
0006e95b RK |
1344 | put_reg_into_stack (function, XEXP (reg, 1), part_type, part_mode, |
1345 | part_mode, TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)); | |
1346 | put_reg_into_stack (function, XEXP (reg, 0), part_type, part_mode, | |
1347 | part_mode, TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)); | |
293e3de4 | 1348 | #else |
0006e95b RK |
1349 | put_reg_into_stack (function, XEXP (reg, 0), part_type, part_mode, |
1350 | part_mode, TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)); | |
1351 | put_reg_into_stack (function, XEXP (reg, 1), part_type, part_mode, | |
1352 | part_mode, TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)); | |
293e3de4 RS |
1353 | #endif |
1354 | ||
1355 | /* Change the CONCAT into a combined MEM for both parts. */ | |
1356 | PUT_CODE (reg, MEM); | |
0006e95b RK |
1357 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (reg) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (XEXP (reg, 0)); |
1358 | ||
293e3de4 RS |
1359 | /* The two parts are in memory order already. |
1360 | Use the lower parts address as ours. */ | |
1361 | XEXP (reg, 0) = XEXP (XEXP (reg, 0), 0); | |
1362 | /* Prevent sharing of rtl that might lose. */ | |
1363 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (reg, 0)) == PLUS) | |
1364 | XEXP (reg, 0) = copy_rtx (XEXP (reg, 0)); | |
1365 | } | |
1366 | } | |
1367 | ||
1368 | /* Subroutine of put_var_into_stack. This puts a single pseudo reg REG | |
1369 | into the stack frame of FUNCTION (0 means the current function). | |
1370 | DECL_MODE is the machine mode of the user-level data type. | |
0006e95b RK |
1371 | PROMOTED_MODE is the machine mode of the register. |
1372 | VOLATILE_P is nonzero if this is for a "volatile" decl. */ | |
293e3de4 RS |
1373 | |
1374 | static void | |
0006e95b | 1375 | put_reg_into_stack (function, reg, type, promoted_mode, decl_mode, volatile_p) |
293e3de4 RS |
1376 | struct function *function; |
1377 | rtx reg; | |
1378 | tree type; | |
1379 | enum machine_mode promoted_mode, decl_mode; | |
0006e95b | 1380 | int volatile_p; |
293e3de4 RS |
1381 | { |
1382 | rtx new = 0; | |
6f086dfc RS |
1383 | |
1384 | if (function) | |
1385 | { | |
1386 | if (REGNO (reg) < function->max_parm_reg) | |
1387 | new = function->parm_reg_stack_loc[REGNO (reg)]; | |
1388 | if (new == 0) | |
e15762df | 1389 | new = assign_outer_stack_local (decl_mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (decl_mode), |
6f086dfc RS |
1390 | 0, function); |
1391 | } | |
1392 | else | |
1393 | { | |
1394 | if (REGNO (reg) < max_parm_reg) | |
1395 | new = parm_reg_stack_loc[REGNO (reg)]; | |
1396 | if (new == 0) | |
e15762df | 1397 | new = assign_stack_local (decl_mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (decl_mode), 0); |
6f086dfc RS |
1398 | } |
1399 | ||
0006e95b | 1400 | PUT_MODE (reg, decl_mode); |
6f086dfc RS |
1401 | XEXP (reg, 0) = XEXP (new, 0); |
1402 | /* `volatil' bit means one thing for MEMs, another entirely for REGs. */ | |
0006e95b | 1403 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (reg) = volatile_p; |
6f086dfc RS |
1404 | PUT_CODE (reg, MEM); |
1405 | ||
1406 | /* If this is a memory ref that contains aggregate components, | |
1407 | mark it as such for cse and loop optimize. */ | |
05e3bdb9 | 1408 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (reg) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); |
6f086dfc RS |
1409 | |
1410 | /* Now make sure that all refs to the variable, previously made | |
1411 | when it was a register, are fixed up to be valid again. */ | |
1412 | if (function) | |
1413 | { | |
1414 | struct var_refs_queue *temp; | |
1415 | ||
1416 | /* Variable is inherited; fix it up when we get back to its function. */ | |
1417 | push_obstacks (function->function_obstack, | |
1418 | function->function_maybepermanent_obstack); | |
4da73fa0 RK |
1419 | |
1420 | /* See comment in restore_tree_status in tree.c for why this needs to be | |
1421 | on saveable obstack. */ | |
6f086dfc | 1422 | temp |
4da73fa0 | 1423 | = (struct var_refs_queue *) savealloc (sizeof (struct var_refs_queue)); |
6f086dfc | 1424 | temp->modified = reg; |
00d8a4c1 | 1425 | temp->promoted_mode = promoted_mode; |
293e3de4 | 1426 | temp->unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); |
6f086dfc RS |
1427 | temp->next = function->fixup_var_refs_queue; |
1428 | function->fixup_var_refs_queue = temp; | |
1429 | pop_obstacks (); | |
1430 | } | |
1431 | else | |
1432 | /* Variable is local; fix it up now. */ | |
293e3de4 | 1433 | fixup_var_refs (reg, promoted_mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); |
6f086dfc RS |
1434 | } |
1435 | \f | |
1436 | static void | |
00d8a4c1 | 1437 | fixup_var_refs (var, promoted_mode, unsignedp) |
6f086dfc | 1438 | rtx var; |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1439 | enum machine_mode promoted_mode; |
1440 | int unsignedp; | |
6f086dfc RS |
1441 | { |
1442 | tree pending; | |
1443 | rtx first_insn = get_insns (); | |
1444 | struct sequence_stack *stack = sequence_stack; | |
1445 | tree rtl_exps = rtl_expr_chain; | |
1446 | ||
1447 | /* Must scan all insns for stack-refs that exceed the limit. */ | |
00d8a4c1 | 1448 | fixup_var_refs_insns (var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, first_insn, stack == 0); |
6f086dfc RS |
1449 | |
1450 | /* Scan all pending sequences too. */ | |
1451 | for (; stack; stack = stack->next) | |
1452 | { | |
1453 | push_to_sequence (stack->first); | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1454 | fixup_var_refs_insns (var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, |
1455 | stack->first, stack->next != 0); | |
6f086dfc RS |
1456 | /* Update remembered end of sequence |
1457 | in case we added an insn at the end. */ | |
1458 | stack->last = get_last_insn (); | |
1459 | end_sequence (); | |
1460 | } | |
1461 | ||
1462 | /* Scan all waiting RTL_EXPRs too. */ | |
1463 | for (pending = rtl_exps; pending; pending = TREE_CHAIN (pending)) | |
1464 | { | |
1465 | rtx seq = RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (TREE_VALUE (pending)); | |
1466 | if (seq != const0_rtx && seq != 0) | |
1467 | { | |
1468 | push_to_sequence (seq); | |
00d8a4c1 | 1469 | fixup_var_refs_insns (var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, seq, 0); |
6f086dfc RS |
1470 | end_sequence (); |
1471 | } | |
1472 | } | |
1473 | } | |
1474 | \f | |
e15679f8 | 1475 | /* REPLACEMENTS is a pointer to a list of the struct fixup_replacement and X is |
6f086dfc | 1476 | some part of an insn. Return a struct fixup_replacement whose OLD |
0f41302f | 1477 | value is equal to X. Allocate a new structure if no such entry exists. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
1478 | |
1479 | static struct fixup_replacement * | |
2740a678 | 1480 | find_fixup_replacement (replacements, x) |
6f086dfc RS |
1481 | struct fixup_replacement **replacements; |
1482 | rtx x; | |
1483 | { | |
1484 | struct fixup_replacement *p; | |
1485 | ||
1486 | /* See if we have already replaced this. */ | |
1487 | for (p = *replacements; p && p->old != x; p = p->next) | |
1488 | ; | |
1489 | ||
1490 | if (p == 0) | |
1491 | { | |
1492 | p = (struct fixup_replacement *) oballoc (sizeof (struct fixup_replacement)); | |
1493 | p->old = x; | |
1494 | p->new = 0; | |
1495 | p->next = *replacements; | |
1496 | *replacements = p; | |
1497 | } | |
1498 | ||
1499 | return p; | |
1500 | } | |
1501 | ||
1502 | /* Scan the insn-chain starting with INSN for refs to VAR | |
1503 | and fix them up. TOPLEVEL is nonzero if this chain is the | |
1504 | main chain of insns for the current function. */ | |
1505 | ||
1506 | static void | |
00d8a4c1 | 1507 | fixup_var_refs_insns (var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, insn, toplevel) |
6f086dfc | 1508 | rtx var; |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1509 | enum machine_mode promoted_mode; |
1510 | int unsignedp; | |
6f086dfc RS |
1511 | rtx insn; |
1512 | int toplevel; | |
1513 | { | |
02a10449 RK |
1514 | rtx call_dest = 0; |
1515 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
1516 | while (insn) |
1517 | { | |
1518 | rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn); | |
1519 | rtx note; | |
e15762df | 1520 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i') |
6f086dfc | 1521 | { |
63770d6a RK |
1522 | /* If this is a CLOBBER of VAR, delete it. |
1523 | ||
1524 | If it has a REG_LIBCALL note, delete the REG_LIBCALL | |
1525 | and REG_RETVAL notes too. */ | |
926d1ca5 | 1526 | if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER |
63770d6a RK |
1527 | && XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0) == var) |
1528 | { | |
1529 | if ((note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)) != 0) | |
1530 | /* The REG_LIBCALL note will go away since we are going to | |
1531 | turn INSN into a NOTE, so just delete the | |
1532 | corresponding REG_RETVAL note. */ | |
1533 | remove_note (XEXP (note, 0), | |
1534 | find_reg_note (XEXP (note, 0), REG_RETVAL, | |
1535 | NULL_RTX)); | |
1536 | ||
1537 | /* In unoptimized compilation, we shouldn't call delete_insn | |
1538 | except in jump.c doing warnings. */ | |
1539 | PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE); | |
1540 | NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED; | |
1541 | NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0; | |
1542 | } | |
1543 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
1544 | /* The insn to load VAR from a home in the arglist |
1545 | is now a no-op. When we see it, just delete it. */ | |
63770d6a RK |
1546 | else if (toplevel |
1547 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET | |
1548 | && SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)) == var | |
1549 | /* If this represents the result of an insn group, | |
1550 | don't delete the insn. */ | |
1551 | && find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX) == 0 | |
1552 | && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), var)) | |
6f086dfc | 1553 | { |
b4ff474c RS |
1554 | /* In unoptimized compilation, we shouldn't call delete_insn |
1555 | except in jump.c doing warnings. */ | |
1556 | PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE); | |
1557 | NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED; | |
1558 | NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0; | |
6f086dfc RS |
1559 | if (insn == last_parm_insn) |
1560 | last_parm_insn = PREV_INSN (next); | |
1561 | } | |
1562 | else | |
1563 | { | |
02a10449 RK |
1564 | struct fixup_replacement *replacements = 0; |
1565 | rtx next_insn = NEXT_INSN (insn); | |
1566 | ||
1567 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES | |
1568 | /* If the insn that copies the results of a CALL_INSN | |
1569 | into a pseudo now references VAR, we have to use an | |
1570 | intermediate pseudo since we want the life of the | |
1571 | return value register to be only a single insn. | |
1572 | ||
1573 | If we don't use an intermediate pseudo, such things as | |
1574 | address computations to make the address of VAR valid | |
9faa82d8 | 1575 | if it is not can be placed between the CALL_INSN and INSN. |
02a10449 RK |
1576 | |
1577 | To make sure this doesn't happen, we record the destination | |
1578 | of the CALL_INSN and see if the next insn uses both that | |
1579 | and VAR. */ | |
1580 | ||
1581 | if (call_dest != 0 && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN | |
1582 | && reg_mentioned_p (var, PATTERN (insn)) | |
1583 | && reg_mentioned_p (call_dest, PATTERN (insn))) | |
1584 | { | |
1585 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (call_dest)); | |
1586 | ||
1587 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, call_dest), insn); | |
1588 | ||
1589 | PATTERN (insn) = replace_rtx (PATTERN (insn), | |
1590 | call_dest, temp); | |
1591 | } | |
1592 | ||
1593 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN | |
1594 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET) | |
1595 | call_dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)); | |
1596 | else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN | |
1597 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL | |
1598 | && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET) | |
1599 | call_dest = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)); | |
1600 | else | |
1601 | call_dest = 0; | |
1602 | #endif | |
1603 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
1604 | /* See if we have to do anything to INSN now that VAR is in |
1605 | memory. If it needs to be loaded into a pseudo, use a single | |
1606 | pseudo for the entire insn in case there is a MATCH_DUP | |
1607 | between two operands. We pass a pointer to the head of | |
1608 | a list of struct fixup_replacements. If fixup_var_refs_1 | |
1609 | needs to allocate pseudos or replacement MEMs (for SUBREGs), | |
1610 | it will record them in this list. | |
1611 | ||
1612 | If it allocated a pseudo for any replacement, we copy into | |
1613 | it here. */ | |
1614 | ||
00d8a4c1 RK |
1615 | fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &PATTERN (insn), insn, |
1616 | &replacements); | |
6f086dfc | 1617 | |
77121fee JW |
1618 | /* If this is last_parm_insn, and any instructions were output |
1619 | after it to fix it up, then we must set last_parm_insn to | |
1620 | the last such instruction emitted. */ | |
1621 | if (insn == last_parm_insn) | |
1622 | last_parm_insn = PREV_INSN (next_insn); | |
1623 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
1624 | while (replacements) |
1625 | { | |
1626 | if (GET_CODE (replacements->new) == REG) | |
1627 | { | |
1628 | rtx insert_before; | |
00d8a4c1 | 1629 | rtx seq; |
6f086dfc RS |
1630 | |
1631 | /* OLD might be a (subreg (mem)). */ | |
1632 | if (GET_CODE (replacements->old) == SUBREG) | |
1633 | replacements->old | |
1634 | = fixup_memory_subreg (replacements->old, insn, 0); | |
1635 | else | |
1636 | replacements->old | |
1637 | = fixup_stack_1 (replacements->old, insn); | |
1638 | ||
5fa7422b | 1639 | insert_before = insn; |
6f086dfc | 1640 | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1641 | /* If we are changing the mode, do a conversion. |
1642 | This might be wasteful, but combine.c will | |
1643 | eliminate much of the waste. */ | |
1644 | ||
1645 | if (GET_MODE (replacements->new) | |
1646 | != GET_MODE (replacements->old)) | |
1647 | { | |
1648 | start_sequence (); | |
1649 | convert_move (replacements->new, | |
1650 | replacements->old, unsignedp); | |
1651 | seq = gen_sequence (); | |
1652 | end_sequence (); | |
1653 | } | |
1654 | else | |
1655 | seq = gen_move_insn (replacements->new, | |
1656 | replacements->old); | |
1657 | ||
1658 | emit_insn_before (seq, insert_before); | |
6f086dfc RS |
1659 | } |
1660 | ||
1661 | replacements = replacements->next; | |
1662 | } | |
1663 | } | |
1664 | ||
1665 | /* Also fix up any invalid exprs in the REG_NOTES of this insn. | |
1666 | But don't touch other insns referred to by reg-notes; | |
1667 | we will get them elsewhere. */ | |
1668 | for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) | |
1669 | if (GET_CODE (note) != INSN_LIST) | |
ab6155b7 RK |
1670 | XEXP (note, 0) |
1671 | = walk_fixup_memory_subreg (XEXP (note, 0), insn, 1); | |
6f086dfc RS |
1672 | } |
1673 | insn = next; | |
1674 | } | |
1675 | } | |
1676 | \f | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1677 | /* VAR is a MEM that used to be a pseudo register with mode PROMOTED_MODE. |
1678 | See if the rtx expression at *LOC in INSN needs to be changed. | |
6f086dfc RS |
1679 | |
1680 | REPLACEMENTS is a pointer to a list head that starts out zero, but may | |
1681 | contain a list of original rtx's and replacements. If we find that we need | |
1682 | to modify this insn by replacing a memory reference with a pseudo or by | |
1683 | making a new MEM to implement a SUBREG, we consult that list to see if | |
1684 | we have already chosen a replacement. If none has already been allocated, | |
1685 | we allocate it and update the list. fixup_var_refs_insns will copy VAR | |
1686 | or the SUBREG, as appropriate, to the pseudo. */ | |
1687 | ||
1688 | static void | |
00d8a4c1 | 1689 | fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, loc, insn, replacements) |
6f086dfc | 1690 | register rtx var; |
00d8a4c1 | 1691 | enum machine_mode promoted_mode; |
6f086dfc RS |
1692 | register rtx *loc; |
1693 | rtx insn; | |
1694 | struct fixup_replacement **replacements; | |
1695 | { | |
1696 | register int i; | |
1697 | register rtx x = *loc; | |
1698 | RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
1699 | register char *fmt; | |
1700 | register rtx tem, tem1; | |
1701 | struct fixup_replacement *replacement; | |
1702 | ||
1703 | switch (code) | |
1704 | { | |
1705 | case MEM: | |
1706 | if (var == x) | |
1707 | { | |
1708 | /* If we already have a replacement, use it. Otherwise, | |
1709 | try to fix up this address in case it is invalid. */ | |
1710 | ||
2740a678 | 1711 | replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, var); |
6f086dfc RS |
1712 | if (replacement->new) |
1713 | { | |
1714 | *loc = replacement->new; | |
1715 | return; | |
1716 | } | |
1717 | ||
1718 | *loc = replacement->new = x = fixup_stack_1 (x, insn); | |
1719 | ||
00d8a4c1 RK |
1720 | /* Unless we are forcing memory to register or we changed the mode, |
1721 | we can leave things the way they are if the insn is valid. */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
1722 | |
1723 | INSN_CODE (insn) = -1; | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1724 | if (! flag_force_mem && GET_MODE (x) == promoted_mode |
1725 | && recog_memoized (insn) >= 0) | |
6f086dfc RS |
1726 | return; |
1727 | ||
00d8a4c1 | 1728 | *loc = replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (promoted_mode); |
6f086dfc RS |
1729 | return; |
1730 | } | |
1731 | ||
1732 | /* If X contains VAR, we need to unshare it here so that we update | |
1733 | each occurrence separately. But all identical MEMs in one insn | |
1734 | must be replaced with the same rtx because of the possibility of | |
1735 | MATCH_DUPs. */ | |
1736 | ||
1737 | if (reg_mentioned_p (var, x)) | |
1738 | { | |
2740a678 | 1739 | replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, x); |
6f086dfc RS |
1740 | if (replacement->new == 0) |
1741 | replacement->new = copy_most_rtx (x, var); | |
1742 | ||
1743 | *loc = x = replacement->new; | |
1744 | } | |
1745 | break; | |
1746 | ||
1747 | case REG: | |
1748 | case CC0: | |
1749 | case PC: | |
1750 | case CONST_INT: | |
1751 | case CONST: | |
1752 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
1753 | case LABEL_REF: | |
1754 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
1755 | return; | |
1756 | ||
1757 | case SIGN_EXTRACT: | |
1758 | case ZERO_EXTRACT: | |
1759 | /* Note that in some cases those types of expressions are altered | |
1760 | by optimize_bit_field, and do not survive to get here. */ | |
1761 | if (XEXP (x, 0) == var | |
1762 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG | |
1763 | && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)) == var)) | |
1764 | { | |
1765 | /* Get TEM as a valid MEM in the mode presently in the insn. | |
1766 | ||
1767 | We don't worry about the possibility of MATCH_DUP here; it | |
1768 | is highly unlikely and would be tricky to handle. */ | |
1769 | ||
1770 | tem = XEXP (x, 0); | |
1771 | if (GET_CODE (tem) == SUBREG) | |
0e09cc26 RK |
1772 | { |
1773 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (tem)) | |
1774 | > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (var))) | |
1775 | { | |
1776 | replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, var); | |
1777 | if (replacement->new == 0) | |
1778 | replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (var)); | |
1779 | SUBREG_REG (tem) = replacement->new; | |
1780 | } | |
1781 | ||
1782 | tem = fixup_memory_subreg (tem, insn, 0); | |
1783 | } | |
1784 | else | |
1785 | tem = fixup_stack_1 (tem, insn); | |
6f086dfc RS |
1786 | |
1787 | /* Unless we want to load from memory, get TEM into the proper mode | |
1788 | for an extract from memory. This can only be done if the | |
1789 | extract is at a constant position and length. */ | |
1790 | ||
1791 | if (! flag_force_mem && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
1792 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == CONST_INT | |
1793 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (tem, 0)) | |
1794 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (tem)) | |
1795 | { | |
1796 | enum machine_mode wanted_mode = VOIDmode; | |
1797 | enum machine_mode is_mode = GET_MODE (tem); | |
1798 | int width = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)); | |
1799 | int pos = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 2)); | |
1800 | ||
1801 | #ifdef HAVE_extzv | |
1802 | if (GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
1803 | wanted_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_extzv][1]; | |
1804 | #endif | |
1805 | #ifdef HAVE_extv | |
1806 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SIGN_EXTRACT) | |
1807 | wanted_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_extv][1]; | |
1808 | #endif | |
6dc42e49 | 1809 | /* If we have a narrower mode, we can do something. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
1810 | if (wanted_mode != VOIDmode |
1811 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode)) | |
1812 | { | |
1813 | int offset = pos / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
1814 | rtx old_pos = XEXP (x, 2); | |
1815 | rtx newmem; | |
1816 | ||
1817 | /* If the bytes and bits are counted differently, we | |
1818 | must adjust the offset. */ | |
f76b9db2 ILT |
1819 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
1820 | offset = (GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode) | |
1821 | - GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_mode) - offset); | |
6f086dfc RS |
1822 | |
1823 | pos %= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_mode); | |
1824 | ||
1825 | newmem = gen_rtx (MEM, wanted_mode, | |
1826 | plus_constant (XEXP (tem, 0), offset)); | |
1827 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (newmem) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (tem); | |
1828 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (newmem) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (tem); | |
1829 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (newmem) = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (tem); | |
1830 | ||
1831 | /* Make the change and see if the insn remains valid. */ | |
1832 | INSN_CODE (insn) = -1; | |
1833 | XEXP (x, 0) = newmem; | |
5f4f0e22 | 1834 | XEXP (x, 2) = GEN_INT (pos); |
6f086dfc RS |
1835 | |
1836 | if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0) | |
1837 | return; | |
1838 | ||
1839 | /* Otherwise, restore old position. XEXP (x, 0) will be | |
1840 | restored later. */ | |
1841 | XEXP (x, 2) = old_pos; | |
1842 | } | |
1843 | } | |
1844 | ||
1845 | /* If we get here, the bitfield extract insn can't accept a memory | |
1846 | reference. Copy the input into a register. */ | |
1847 | ||
1848 | tem1 = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (tem)); | |
1849 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (tem1, tem), insn); | |
1850 | XEXP (x, 0) = tem1; | |
1851 | return; | |
1852 | } | |
1853 | break; | |
1854 | ||
1855 | case SUBREG: | |
1856 | if (SUBREG_REG (x) == var) | |
1857 | { | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1858 | /* If this is a special SUBREG made because VAR was promoted |
1859 | from a wider mode, replace it with VAR and call ourself | |
1860 | recursively, this time saying that the object previously | |
1861 | had its current mode (by virtue of the SUBREG). */ | |
1862 | ||
1863 | if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x)) | |
1864 | { | |
1865 | *loc = var; | |
1866 | fixup_var_refs_1 (var, GET_MODE (var), loc, insn, replacements); | |
1867 | return; | |
1868 | } | |
1869 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
1870 | /* If this SUBREG makes VAR wider, it has become a paradoxical |
1871 | SUBREG with VAR in memory, but these aren't allowed at this | |
1872 | stage of the compilation. So load VAR into a pseudo and take | |
1873 | a SUBREG of that pseudo. */ | |
1874 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (var))) | |
1875 | { | |
2740a678 | 1876 | replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, var); |
6f086dfc RS |
1877 | if (replacement->new == 0) |
1878 | replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (var)); | |
1879 | SUBREG_REG (x) = replacement->new; | |
1880 | return; | |
1881 | } | |
1882 | ||
1883 | /* See if we have already found a replacement for this SUBREG. | |
1884 | If so, use it. Otherwise, make a MEM and see if the insn | |
1885 | is recognized. If not, or if we should force MEM into a register, | |
1886 | make a pseudo for this SUBREG. */ | |
2740a678 | 1887 | replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, x); |
6f086dfc RS |
1888 | if (replacement->new) |
1889 | { | |
1890 | *loc = replacement->new; | |
1891 | return; | |
1892 | } | |
1893 | ||
1894 | replacement->new = *loc = fixup_memory_subreg (x, insn, 0); | |
1895 | ||
f898f031 | 1896 | INSN_CODE (insn) = -1; |
6f086dfc RS |
1897 | if (! flag_force_mem && recog_memoized (insn) >= 0) |
1898 | return; | |
1899 | ||
1900 | *loc = replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x)); | |
1901 | return; | |
1902 | } | |
1903 | break; | |
1904 | ||
1905 | case SET: | |
1906 | /* First do special simplification of bit-field references. */ | |
1907 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SIGN_EXTRACT | |
1908 | || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
1909 | optimize_bit_field (x, insn, 0); | |
1910 | if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SIGN_EXTRACT | |
1911 | || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
5f4f0e22 | 1912 | optimize_bit_field (x, insn, NULL_PTR); |
6f086dfc | 1913 | |
0e09cc26 RK |
1914 | /* For a paradoxical SUBREG inside a ZERO_EXTRACT, load the object |
1915 | into a register and then store it back out. */ | |
1916 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == ZERO_EXTRACT | |
1917 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0)) == SUBREG | |
1918 | && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0)) == var | |
1919 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0))) | |
1920 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (var)))) | |
1921 | { | |
1922 | replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, var); | |
1923 | if (replacement->new == 0) | |
1924 | replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (var)); | |
1925 | ||
1926 | SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0)) = replacement->new; | |
1927 | emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (var, replacement->new), insn); | |
1928 | } | |
1929 | ||
6f086dfc | 1930 | /* If SET_DEST is now a paradoxical SUBREG, put the result of this |
0f41302f | 1931 | insn into a pseudo and store the low part of the pseudo into VAR. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
1932 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG |
1933 | && SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)) == var | |
1934 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x))) | |
1935 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (var)))) | |
1936 | { | |
1937 | SET_DEST (x) = tem = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x))); | |
1938 | emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (var, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (var), | |
1939 | tem)), | |
1940 | insn); | |
1941 | break; | |
1942 | } | |
1943 | ||
1944 | { | |
1945 | rtx dest = SET_DEST (x); | |
1946 | rtx src = SET_SRC (x); | |
1947 | rtx outerdest = dest; | |
1948 | ||
1949 | while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART | |
1950 | || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT | |
1951 | || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
1952 | dest = XEXP (dest, 0); | |
1953 | ||
1954 | if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG) | |
1955 | src = XEXP (src, 0); | |
1956 | ||
1957 | /* If VAR does not appear at the top level of the SET | |
1958 | just scan the lower levels of the tree. */ | |
1959 | ||
1960 | if (src != var && dest != var) | |
1961 | break; | |
1962 | ||
1963 | /* We will need to rerecognize this insn. */ | |
1964 | INSN_CODE (insn) = -1; | |
1965 | ||
1966 | #ifdef HAVE_insv | |
1967 | if (GET_CODE (outerdest) == ZERO_EXTRACT && dest == var) | |
1968 | { | |
1969 | /* Since this case will return, ensure we fixup all the | |
1970 | operands here. */ | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
1971 | fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &XEXP (outerdest, 1), |
1972 | insn, replacements); | |
1973 | fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &XEXP (outerdest, 2), | |
1974 | insn, replacements); | |
1975 | fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &SET_SRC (x), | |
1976 | insn, replacements); | |
6f086dfc RS |
1977 | |
1978 | tem = XEXP (outerdest, 0); | |
1979 | ||
1980 | /* Clean up (SUBREG:SI (MEM:mode ...) 0) | |
1981 | that may appear inside a ZERO_EXTRACT. | |
1982 | This was legitimate when the MEM was a REG. */ | |
1983 | if (GET_CODE (tem) == SUBREG | |
1984 | && SUBREG_REG (tem) == var) | |
0e09cc26 | 1985 | tem = fixup_memory_subreg (tem, insn, 0); |
6f086dfc RS |
1986 | else |
1987 | tem = fixup_stack_1 (tem, insn); | |
1988 | ||
1989 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (outerdest, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
1990 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (outerdest, 2)) == CONST_INT | |
1991 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (tem, 0)) | |
1992 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (tem)) | |
1993 | { | |
1994 | enum machine_mode wanted_mode | |
1995 | = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_insv][0]; | |
1996 | enum machine_mode is_mode = GET_MODE (tem); | |
1997 | int width = INTVAL (XEXP (outerdest, 1)); | |
1998 | int pos = INTVAL (XEXP (outerdest, 2)); | |
1999 | ||
6dc42e49 | 2000 | /* If we have a narrower mode, we can do something. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
2001 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode)) |
2002 | { | |
2003 | int offset = pos / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2004 | rtx old_pos = XEXP (outerdest, 2); | |
2005 | rtx newmem; | |
2006 | ||
f76b9db2 ILT |
2007 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
2008 | offset = (GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode) | |
2009 | - GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_mode) - offset); | |
6f086dfc RS |
2010 | |
2011 | pos %= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_mode); | |
2012 | ||
2013 | newmem = gen_rtx (MEM, wanted_mode, | |
2014 | plus_constant (XEXP (tem, 0), offset)); | |
2015 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (newmem) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (tem); | |
2016 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (newmem) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (tem); | |
2017 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (newmem) = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (tem); | |
2018 | ||
2019 | /* Make the change and see if the insn remains valid. */ | |
2020 | INSN_CODE (insn) = -1; | |
2021 | XEXP (outerdest, 0) = newmem; | |
5f4f0e22 | 2022 | XEXP (outerdest, 2) = GEN_INT (pos); |
6f086dfc RS |
2023 | |
2024 | if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0) | |
2025 | return; | |
2026 | ||
2027 | /* Otherwise, restore old position. XEXP (x, 0) will be | |
2028 | restored later. */ | |
2029 | XEXP (outerdest, 2) = old_pos; | |
2030 | } | |
2031 | } | |
2032 | ||
2033 | /* If we get here, the bit-field store doesn't allow memory | |
2034 | or isn't located at a constant position. Load the value into | |
2035 | a register, do the store, and put it back into memory. */ | |
2036 | ||
2037 | tem1 = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (tem)); | |
2038 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (tem1, tem), insn); | |
2039 | emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (tem, tem1), insn); | |
2040 | XEXP (outerdest, 0) = tem1; | |
2041 | return; | |
2042 | } | |
2043 | #endif | |
2044 | ||
2045 | /* STRICT_LOW_PART is a no-op on memory references | |
2046 | and it can cause combinations to be unrecognizable, | |
2047 | so eliminate it. */ | |
2048 | ||
2049 | if (dest == var && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == STRICT_LOW_PART) | |
2050 | SET_DEST (x) = XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0); | |
2051 | ||
2052 | /* A valid insn to copy VAR into or out of a register | |
2053 | must be left alone, to avoid an infinite loop here. | |
2054 | If the reference to VAR is by a subreg, fix that up, | |
2055 | since SUBREG is not valid for a memref. | |
e15762df RK |
2056 | Also fix up the address of the stack slot. |
2057 | ||
2058 | Note that we must not try to recognize the insn until | |
2059 | after we know that we have valid addresses and no | |
2060 | (subreg (mem ...) ...) constructs, since these interfere | |
2061 | with determining the validity of the insn. */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
2062 | |
2063 | if ((SET_SRC (x) == var | |
2064 | || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SUBREG | |
2065 | && SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (x)) == var)) | |
2066 | && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG | |
2067 | || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG | |
2068 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) == REG)) | |
1d273bf5 | 2069 | && GET_MODE (var) == promoted_mode |
c46722a7 | 2070 | && x == single_set (insn)) |
6f086dfc | 2071 | { |
e15762df RK |
2072 | rtx pat; |
2073 | ||
2740a678 | 2074 | replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, SET_SRC (x)); |
6f086dfc | 2075 | if (replacement->new) |
6f086dfc | 2076 | SET_SRC (x) = replacement->new; |
6f086dfc RS |
2077 | else if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SUBREG) |
2078 | SET_SRC (x) = replacement->new | |
2079 | = fixup_memory_subreg (SET_SRC (x), insn, 0); | |
2080 | else | |
2081 | SET_SRC (x) = replacement->new | |
2082 | = fixup_stack_1 (SET_SRC (x), insn); | |
e15762df RK |
2083 | |
2084 | if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0) | |
2085 | return; | |
2086 | ||
2087 | /* INSN is not valid, but we know that we want to | |
2088 | copy SET_SRC (x) to SET_DEST (x) in some way. So | |
2089 | we generate the move and see whether it requires more | |
2090 | than one insn. If it does, we emit those insns and | |
2091 | delete INSN. Otherwise, we an just replace the pattern | |
2092 | of INSN; we have already verified above that INSN has | |
2093 | no other function that to do X. */ | |
2094 | ||
2095 | pat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (x), SET_SRC (x)); | |
2096 | if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE) | |
2097 | { | |
2098 | emit_insn_after (pat, insn); | |
2099 | PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE); | |
2100 | NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED; | |
2101 | NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0; | |
2102 | } | |
2103 | else | |
2104 | PATTERN (insn) = pat; | |
2105 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
2106 | return; |
2107 | } | |
2108 | ||
2109 | if ((SET_DEST (x) == var | |
2110 | || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG | |
2111 | && SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)) == var)) | |
2112 | && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == REG | |
2113 | || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SUBREG | |
2114 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (x))) == REG)) | |
1d273bf5 | 2115 | && GET_MODE (var) == promoted_mode |
c46722a7 | 2116 | && x == single_set (insn)) |
6f086dfc | 2117 | { |
e15762df RK |
2118 | rtx pat; |
2119 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
2120 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG) |
2121 | SET_DEST (x) = fixup_memory_subreg (SET_DEST (x), insn, 0); | |
2122 | else | |
2123 | SET_DEST (x) = fixup_stack_1 (SET_DEST (x), insn); | |
e15762df RK |
2124 | |
2125 | if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0) | |
2126 | return; | |
2127 | ||
2128 | pat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (x), SET_SRC (x)); | |
2129 | if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE) | |
2130 | { | |
2131 | emit_insn_after (pat, insn); | |
2132 | PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE); | |
2133 | NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED; | |
2134 | NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0; | |
2135 | } | |
2136 | else | |
2137 | PATTERN (insn) = pat; | |
2138 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
2139 | return; |
2140 | } | |
2141 | ||
2142 | /* Otherwise, storing into VAR must be handled specially | |
2143 | by storing into a temporary and copying that into VAR | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
2144 | with a new insn after this one. Note that this case |
2145 | will be used when storing into a promoted scalar since | |
2146 | the insn will now have different modes on the input | |
2147 | and output and hence will be invalid (except for the case | |
2148 | of setting it to a constant, which does not need any | |
2149 | change if it is valid). We generate extra code in that case, | |
2150 | but combine.c will eliminate it. */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
2151 | |
2152 | if (dest == var) | |
2153 | { | |
2154 | rtx temp; | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
2155 | rtx fixeddest = SET_DEST (x); |
2156 | ||
6f086dfc | 2157 | /* STRICT_LOW_PART can be discarded, around a MEM. */ |
00d8a4c1 RK |
2158 | if (GET_CODE (fixeddest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) |
2159 | fixeddest = XEXP (fixeddest, 0); | |
6f086dfc | 2160 | /* Convert (SUBREG (MEM)) to a MEM in a changed mode. */ |
00d8a4c1 | 2161 | if (GET_CODE (fixeddest) == SUBREG) |
926d1ca5 RK |
2162 | { |
2163 | fixeddest = fixup_memory_subreg (fixeddest, insn, 0); | |
2164 | promoted_mode = GET_MODE (fixeddest); | |
2165 | } | |
6f086dfc | 2166 | else |
00d8a4c1 RK |
2167 | fixeddest = fixup_stack_1 (fixeddest, insn); |
2168 | ||
926d1ca5 | 2169 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (promoted_mode); |
00d8a4c1 RK |
2170 | |
2171 | emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (fixeddest, | |
2172 | gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (fixeddest), | |
2173 | temp)), | |
2174 | insn); | |
6f086dfc | 2175 | |
6f086dfc RS |
2176 | SET_DEST (x) = temp; |
2177 | } | |
2178 | } | |
2179 | } | |
2180 | ||
2181 | /* Nothing special about this RTX; fix its operands. */ | |
2182 | ||
2183 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
2184 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
2185 | { | |
2186 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
00d8a4c1 | 2187 | fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &XEXP (x, i), insn, replacements); |
6f086dfc RS |
2188 | if (fmt[i] == 'E') |
2189 | { | |
2190 | register int j; | |
2191 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
2192 | fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &XVECEXP (x, i, j), |
2193 | insn, replacements); | |
6f086dfc RS |
2194 | } |
2195 | } | |
2196 | } | |
2197 | \f | |
2198 | /* Given X, an rtx of the form (SUBREG:m1 (MEM:m2 addr)), | |
2199 | return an rtx (MEM:m1 newaddr) which is equivalent. | |
2200 | If any insns must be emitted to compute NEWADDR, put them before INSN. | |
2201 | ||
2202 | UNCRITICAL nonzero means accept paradoxical subregs. | |
0f41302f | 2203 | This is used for subregs found inside REG_NOTES. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
2204 | |
2205 | static rtx | |
2206 | fixup_memory_subreg (x, insn, uncritical) | |
2207 | rtx x; | |
2208 | rtx insn; | |
2209 | int uncritical; | |
2210 | { | |
2211 | int offset = SUBREG_WORD (x) * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2212 | rtx addr = XEXP (SUBREG_REG (x), 0); | |
2213 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
2214 | rtx saved, result; | |
2215 | ||
2216 | /* Paradoxical SUBREGs are usually invalid during RTL generation. */ | |
2217 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) | |
2218 | && ! uncritical) | |
2219 | abort (); | |
2220 | ||
f76b9db2 ILT |
2221 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
2222 | offset += (MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) | |
2223 | - MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))); | |
6f086dfc RS |
2224 | addr = plus_constant (addr, offset); |
2225 | if (!flag_force_addr && memory_address_p (mode, addr)) | |
2226 | /* Shortcut if no insns need be emitted. */ | |
2227 | return change_address (SUBREG_REG (x), mode, addr); | |
2228 | start_sequence (); | |
2229 | result = change_address (SUBREG_REG (x), mode, addr); | |
2230 | emit_insn_before (gen_sequence (), insn); | |
2231 | end_sequence (); | |
2232 | return result; | |
2233 | } | |
2234 | ||
2235 | /* Do fixup_memory_subreg on all (SUBREG (MEM ...) ...) contained in X. | |
2236 | Replace subexpressions of X in place. | |
2237 | If X itself is a (SUBREG (MEM ...) ...), return the replacement expression. | |
2238 | Otherwise return X, with its contents possibly altered. | |
2239 | ||
ab6155b7 RK |
2240 | If any insns must be emitted to compute NEWADDR, put them before INSN. |
2241 | ||
2242 | UNCRITICAL is as in fixup_memory_subreg. */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
2243 | |
2244 | static rtx | |
ab6155b7 | 2245 | walk_fixup_memory_subreg (x, insn, uncritical) |
6f086dfc RS |
2246 | register rtx x; |
2247 | rtx insn; | |
ab6155b7 | 2248 | int uncritical; |
6f086dfc RS |
2249 | { |
2250 | register enum rtx_code code; | |
2251 | register char *fmt; | |
2252 | register int i; | |
2253 | ||
2254 | if (x == 0) | |
2255 | return 0; | |
2256 | ||
2257 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
2258 | ||
2259 | if (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == MEM) | |
ab6155b7 | 2260 | return fixup_memory_subreg (x, insn, uncritical); |
6f086dfc RS |
2261 | |
2262 | /* Nothing special about this RTX; fix its operands. */ | |
2263 | ||
2264 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
2265 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
2266 | { | |
2267 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
ab6155b7 | 2268 | XEXP (x, i) = walk_fixup_memory_subreg (XEXP (x, i), insn, uncritical); |
6f086dfc RS |
2269 | if (fmt[i] == 'E') |
2270 | { | |
2271 | register int j; | |
2272 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
2273 | XVECEXP (x, i, j) | |
ab6155b7 | 2274 | = walk_fixup_memory_subreg (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, uncritical); |
6f086dfc RS |
2275 | } |
2276 | } | |
2277 | return x; | |
2278 | } | |
2279 | \f | |
6f086dfc RS |
2280 | /* For each memory ref within X, if it refers to a stack slot |
2281 | with an out of range displacement, put the address in a temp register | |
2282 | (emitting new insns before INSN to load these registers) | |
2283 | and alter the memory ref to use that register. | |
2284 | Replace each such MEM rtx with a copy, to avoid clobberage. */ | |
2285 | ||
2286 | static rtx | |
2287 | fixup_stack_1 (x, insn) | |
2288 | rtx x; | |
2289 | rtx insn; | |
2290 | { | |
2291 | register int i; | |
2292 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
2293 | register char *fmt; | |
2294 | ||
2295 | if (code == MEM) | |
2296 | { | |
2297 | register rtx ad = XEXP (x, 0); | |
2298 | /* If we have address of a stack slot but it's not valid | |
2299 | (displacement is too large), compute the sum in a register. */ | |
2300 | if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS | |
2301 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG | |
40d05551 RK |
2302 | && ((REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER |
2303 | && REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
2304 | || XEXP (ad, 0) == current_function_internal_arg_pointer) | |
6f086dfc RS |
2305 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT) |
2306 | { | |
2307 | rtx temp, seq; | |
2308 | if (memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), ad)) | |
2309 | return x; | |
2310 | ||
2311 | start_sequence (); | |
2312 | temp = copy_to_reg (ad); | |
2313 | seq = gen_sequence (); | |
2314 | end_sequence (); | |
2315 | emit_insn_before (seq, insn); | |
2316 | return change_address (x, VOIDmode, temp); | |
2317 | } | |
2318 | return x; | |
2319 | } | |
2320 | ||
2321 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
2322 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
2323 | { | |
2324 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
2325 | XEXP (x, i) = fixup_stack_1 (XEXP (x, i), insn); | |
2326 | if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
2327 | { | |
2328 | register int j; | |
2329 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
2330 | XVECEXP (x, i, j) = fixup_stack_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn); | |
2331 | } | |
2332 | } | |
2333 | return x; | |
2334 | } | |
2335 | \f | |
2336 | /* Optimization: a bit-field instruction whose field | |
2337 | happens to be a byte or halfword in memory | |
2338 | can be changed to a move instruction. | |
2339 | ||
2340 | We call here when INSN is an insn to examine or store into a bit-field. | |
2341 | BODY is the SET-rtx to be altered. | |
2342 | ||
2343 | EQUIV_MEM is the table `reg_equiv_mem' if that is available; else 0. | |
2344 | (Currently this is called only from function.c, and EQUIV_MEM | |
2345 | is always 0.) */ | |
2346 | ||
2347 | static void | |
2348 | optimize_bit_field (body, insn, equiv_mem) | |
2349 | rtx body; | |
2350 | rtx insn; | |
2351 | rtx *equiv_mem; | |
2352 | { | |
2353 | register rtx bitfield; | |
2354 | int destflag; | |
2355 | rtx seq = 0; | |
2356 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2357 | ||
2358 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == SIGN_EXTRACT | |
2359 | || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
2360 | bitfield = SET_DEST (body), destflag = 1; | |
2361 | else | |
2362 | bitfield = SET_SRC (body), destflag = 0; | |
2363 | ||
2364 | /* First check that the field being stored has constant size and position | |
2365 | and is in fact a byte or halfword suitably aligned. */ | |
2366 | ||
2367 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
2368 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 2)) == CONST_INT | |
2369 | && ((mode = mode_for_size (INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 1)), MODE_INT, 1)) | |
2370 | != BLKmode) | |
2371 | && INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 2)) % INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 1)) == 0) | |
2372 | { | |
2373 | register rtx memref = 0; | |
2374 | ||
2375 | /* Now check that the containing word is memory, not a register, | |
2376 | and that it is safe to change the machine mode. */ | |
2377 | ||
2378 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == MEM) | |
2379 | memref = XEXP (bitfield, 0); | |
2380 | else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == REG | |
2381 | && equiv_mem != 0) | |
2382 | memref = equiv_mem[REGNO (XEXP (bitfield, 0))]; | |
2383 | else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == SUBREG | |
2384 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (bitfield, 0))) == MEM) | |
2385 | memref = SUBREG_REG (XEXP (bitfield, 0)); | |
2386 | else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == SUBREG | |
2387 | && equiv_mem != 0 | |
2388 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (bitfield, 0))) == REG) | |
2389 | memref = equiv_mem[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (bitfield, 0)))]; | |
2390 | ||
2391 | if (memref | |
2392 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (memref, 0)) | |
2393 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (memref)) | |
2394 | { | |
2395 | /* Now adjust the address, first for any subreg'ing | |
2396 | that we are now getting rid of, | |
2397 | and then for which byte of the word is wanted. */ | |
2398 | ||
2399 | register int offset = INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 2)); | |
b88a3142 RK |
2400 | rtx insns; |
2401 | ||
6f086dfc | 2402 | /* Adjust OFFSET to count bits from low-address byte. */ |
f76b9db2 ILT |
2403 | if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN != BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
2404 | offset = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0))) | |
2405 | - offset - INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 1))); | |
2406 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
2407 | /* Adjust OFFSET to count bytes from low-address byte. */ |
2408 | offset /= BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2409 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == SUBREG) | |
2410 | { | |
2411 | offset += SUBREG_WORD (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
f76b9db2 ILT |
2412 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
2413 | offset -= (MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, | |
2414 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)))) | |
2415 | - MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, | |
2416 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (memref)))); | |
6f086dfc RS |
2417 | } |
2418 | ||
b88a3142 RK |
2419 | start_sequence (); |
2420 | memref = change_address (memref, mode, | |
6f086dfc | 2421 | plus_constant (XEXP (memref, 0), offset)); |
b88a3142 RK |
2422 | insns = get_insns (); |
2423 | end_sequence (); | |
2424 | emit_insns_before (insns, insn); | |
6f086dfc RS |
2425 | |
2426 | /* Store this memory reference where | |
2427 | we found the bit field reference. */ | |
2428 | ||
2429 | if (destflag) | |
2430 | { | |
2431 | validate_change (insn, &SET_DEST (body), memref, 1); | |
2432 | if (! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (SET_SRC (body))) | |
2433 | { | |
2434 | rtx src = SET_SRC (body); | |
2435 | while (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG | |
2436 | && SUBREG_WORD (src) == 0) | |
2437 | src = SUBREG_REG (src); | |
2438 | if (GET_MODE (src) != GET_MODE (memref)) | |
2439 | src = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (memref), SET_SRC (body)); | |
2440 | validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (body), src, 1); | |
2441 | } | |
2442 | else if (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (body)) != VOIDmode | |
2443 | && GET_MODE (SET_SRC (body)) != GET_MODE (memref)) | |
2444 | /* This shouldn't happen because anything that didn't have | |
2445 | one of these modes should have got converted explicitly | |
2446 | and then referenced through a subreg. | |
2447 | This is so because the original bit-field was | |
2448 | handled by agg_mode and so its tree structure had | |
2449 | the same mode that memref now has. */ | |
2450 | abort (); | |
2451 | } | |
2452 | else | |
2453 | { | |
2454 | rtx dest = SET_DEST (body); | |
2455 | ||
2456 | while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG | |
4013a709 RK |
2457 | && SUBREG_WORD (dest) == 0 |
2458 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (dest)) | |
2459 | == GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (dest))))) | |
6f086dfc RS |
2460 | dest = SUBREG_REG (dest); |
2461 | ||
2462 | validate_change (insn, &SET_DEST (body), dest, 1); | |
2463 | ||
2464 | if (GET_MODE (dest) == GET_MODE (memref)) | |
2465 | validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (body), memref, 1); | |
2466 | else | |
2467 | { | |
2468 | /* Convert the mem ref to the destination mode. */ | |
2469 | rtx newreg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (dest)); | |
2470 | ||
2471 | start_sequence (); | |
2472 | convert_move (newreg, memref, | |
2473 | GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == ZERO_EXTRACT); | |
2474 | seq = get_insns (); | |
2475 | end_sequence (); | |
2476 | ||
2477 | validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (body), newreg, 1); | |
2478 | } | |
2479 | } | |
2480 | ||
2481 | /* See if we can convert this extraction or insertion into | |
2482 | a simple move insn. We might not be able to do so if this | |
2483 | was, for example, part of a PARALLEL. | |
2484 | ||
2485 | If we succeed, write out any needed conversions. If we fail, | |
2486 | it is hard to guess why we failed, so don't do anything | |
2487 | special; just let the optimization be suppressed. */ | |
2488 | ||
2489 | if (apply_change_group () && seq) | |
2490 | emit_insns_before (seq, insn); | |
2491 | } | |
2492 | } | |
2493 | } | |
2494 | \f | |
2495 | /* These routines are responsible for converting virtual register references | |
2496 | to the actual hard register references once RTL generation is complete. | |
2497 | ||
2498 | The following four variables are used for communication between the | |
2499 | routines. They contain the offsets of the virtual registers from their | |
2500 | respective hard registers. */ | |
2501 | ||
2502 | static int in_arg_offset; | |
2503 | static int var_offset; | |
2504 | static int dynamic_offset; | |
2505 | static int out_arg_offset; | |
2506 | ||
2507 | /* In most machines, the stack pointer register is equivalent to the bottom | |
2508 | of the stack. */ | |
2509 | ||
2510 | #ifndef STACK_POINTER_OFFSET | |
2511 | #define STACK_POINTER_OFFSET 0 | |
2512 | #endif | |
2513 | ||
2514 | /* If not defined, pick an appropriate default for the offset of dynamically | |
2515 | allocated memory depending on the value of ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS, | |
2516 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE, and OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE. */ | |
2517 | ||
2518 | #ifndef STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET | |
2519 | ||
2520 | #ifdef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
2521 | /* The bottom of the stack points to the actual arguments. If | |
2522 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is defined, this includes the space for the register | |
2523 | parameters. However, if OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK space is not defined, | |
2524 | stack space for register parameters is not pushed by the caller, but | |
2525 | rather part of the fixed stack areas and hence not included in | |
2526 | `current_function_outgoing_args_size'. Nevertheless, we must allow | |
2527 | for it when allocating stack dynamic objects. */ | |
2528 | ||
2529 | #if defined(REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) && ! defined(OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) | |
2530 | #define STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET(FNDECL) \ | |
2531 | (current_function_outgoing_args_size \ | |
2532 | + REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (FNDECL) + (STACK_POINTER_OFFSET)) | |
2533 | ||
2534 | #else | |
2535 | #define STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET(FNDECL) \ | |
2536 | (current_function_outgoing_args_size + (STACK_POINTER_OFFSET)) | |
2537 | #endif | |
2538 | ||
2539 | #else | |
2540 | #define STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET(FNDECL) STACK_POINTER_OFFSET | |
2541 | #endif | |
2542 | #endif | |
2543 | ||
2544 | /* Pass through the INSNS of function FNDECL and convert virtual register | |
2545 | references to hard register references. */ | |
2546 | ||
2547 | void | |
2548 | instantiate_virtual_regs (fndecl, insns) | |
2549 | tree fndecl; | |
2550 | rtx insns; | |
2551 | { | |
2552 | rtx insn; | |
2553 | ||
2554 | /* Compute the offsets to use for this function. */ | |
2555 | in_arg_offset = FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fndecl); | |
2556 | var_offset = STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET; | |
2557 | dynamic_offset = STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (fndecl); | |
2558 | out_arg_offset = STACK_POINTER_OFFSET; | |
2559 | ||
2560 | /* Scan all variables and parameters of this function. For each that is | |
2561 | in memory, instantiate all virtual registers if the result is a valid | |
2562 | address. If not, we do it later. That will handle most uses of virtual | |
2563 | regs on many machines. */ | |
2564 | instantiate_decls (fndecl, 1); | |
2565 | ||
2566 | /* Initialize recognition, indicating that volatile is OK. */ | |
2567 | init_recog (); | |
2568 | ||
2569 | /* Scan through all the insns, instantiating every virtual register still | |
2570 | present. */ | |
2571 | for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
2572 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN | |
2573 | || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN) | |
2574 | { | |
2575 | instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&PATTERN (insn), insn, 1); | |
5f4f0e22 | 2576 | instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (®_NOTES (insn), NULL_RTX, 0); |
6f086dfc RS |
2577 | } |
2578 | ||
2579 | /* Now instantiate the remaining register equivalences for debugging info. | |
2580 | These will not be valid addresses. */ | |
2581 | instantiate_decls (fndecl, 0); | |
2582 | ||
2583 | /* Indicate that, from now on, assign_stack_local should use | |
2584 | frame_pointer_rtx. */ | |
2585 | virtuals_instantiated = 1; | |
2586 | } | |
2587 | ||
2588 | /* Scan all decls in FNDECL (both variables and parameters) and instantiate | |
2589 | all virtual registers in their DECL_RTL's. | |
2590 | ||
2591 | If VALID_ONLY, do this only if the resulting address is still valid. | |
2592 | Otherwise, always do it. */ | |
2593 | ||
2594 | static void | |
2595 | instantiate_decls (fndecl, valid_only) | |
2596 | tree fndecl; | |
2597 | int valid_only; | |
2598 | { | |
2599 | tree decl; | |
2600 | ||
e1686233 | 2601 | if (DECL_SAVED_INSNS (fndecl)) |
6f086dfc RS |
2602 | /* When compiling an inline function, the obstack used for |
2603 | rtl allocation is the maybepermanent_obstack. Calling | |
2604 | `resume_temporary_allocation' switches us back to that | |
2605 | obstack while we process this function's parameters. */ | |
2606 | resume_temporary_allocation (); | |
2607 | ||
2608 | /* Process all parameters of the function. */ | |
2609 | for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) | |
2610 | { | |
5a73491b RK |
2611 | instantiate_decl (DECL_RTL (decl), int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl)), |
2612 | valid_only); | |
2613 | instantiate_decl (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl), | |
2614 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl)), valid_only); | |
6f086dfc RS |
2615 | } |
2616 | ||
0f41302f | 2617 | /* Now process all variables defined in the function or its subblocks. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
2618 | instantiate_decls_1 (DECL_INITIAL (fndecl), valid_only); |
2619 | ||
79c0672e | 2620 | if (DECL_INLINE (fndecl) || DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (fndecl)) |
6f086dfc RS |
2621 | { |
2622 | /* Save all rtl allocated for this function by raising the | |
2623 | high-water mark on the maybepermanent_obstack. */ | |
2624 | preserve_data (); | |
2625 | /* All further rtl allocation is now done in the current_obstack. */ | |
2626 | rtl_in_current_obstack (); | |
2627 | } | |
2628 | } | |
2629 | ||
2630 | /* Subroutine of instantiate_decls: Process all decls in the given | |
2631 | BLOCK node and all its subblocks. */ | |
2632 | ||
2633 | static void | |
2634 | instantiate_decls_1 (let, valid_only) | |
2635 | tree let; | |
2636 | int valid_only; | |
2637 | { | |
2638 | tree t; | |
2639 | ||
2640 | for (t = BLOCK_VARS (let); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t)) | |
5a73491b RK |
2641 | instantiate_decl (DECL_RTL (t), int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t)), |
2642 | valid_only); | |
6f086dfc RS |
2643 | |
2644 | /* Process all subblocks. */ | |
2645 | for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (let); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t)) | |
2646 | instantiate_decls_1 (t, valid_only); | |
2647 | } | |
5a73491b | 2648 | |
8008b228 | 2649 | /* Subroutine of the preceding procedures: Given RTL representing a |
5a73491b RK |
2650 | decl and the size of the object, do any instantiation required. |
2651 | ||
2652 | If VALID_ONLY is non-zero, it means that the RTL should only be | |
2653 | changed if the new address is valid. */ | |
2654 | ||
2655 | static void | |
2656 | instantiate_decl (x, size, valid_only) | |
2657 | rtx x; | |
2658 | int size; | |
2659 | int valid_only; | |
2660 | { | |
2661 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2662 | rtx addr; | |
2663 | ||
2664 | /* If this is not a MEM, no need to do anything. Similarly if the | |
2665 | address is a constant or a register that is not a virtual register. */ | |
2666 | ||
2667 | if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
2668 | return; | |
2669 | ||
2670 | addr = XEXP (x, 0); | |
2671 | if (CONSTANT_P (addr) | |
2672 | || (GET_CODE (addr) == REG | |
2673 | && (REGNO (addr) < FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
2674 | || REGNO (addr) > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER))) | |
2675 | return; | |
2676 | ||
2677 | /* If we should only do this if the address is valid, copy the address. | |
2678 | We need to do this so we can undo any changes that might make the | |
2679 | address invalid. This copy is unfortunate, but probably can't be | |
2680 | avoided. */ | |
2681 | ||
2682 | if (valid_only) | |
2683 | addr = copy_rtx (addr); | |
2684 | ||
2685 | instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&addr, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
2686 | ||
87ce34d6 JW |
2687 | if (valid_only) |
2688 | { | |
2689 | /* Now verify that the resulting address is valid for every integer or | |
2690 | floating-point mode up to and including SIZE bytes long. We do this | |
2691 | since the object might be accessed in any mode and frame addresses | |
2692 | are shared. */ | |
2693 | ||
2694 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
2695 | mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= size; | |
2696 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2697 | if (! memory_address_p (mode, addr)) | |
2698 | return; | |
5a73491b | 2699 | |
87ce34d6 JW |
2700 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); |
2701 | mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= size; | |
2702 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2703 | if (! memory_address_p (mode, addr)) | |
2704 | return; | |
2705 | } | |
5a73491b | 2706 | |
87ce34d6 JW |
2707 | /* Put back the address now that we have updated it and we either know |
2708 | it is valid or we don't care whether it is valid. */ | |
5a73491b RK |
2709 | |
2710 | XEXP (x, 0) = addr; | |
2711 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
2712 | \f |
2713 | /* Given a pointer to a piece of rtx and an optional pointer to the | |
2714 | containing object, instantiate any virtual registers present in it. | |
2715 | ||
2716 | If EXTRA_INSNS, we always do the replacement and generate | |
2717 | any extra insns before OBJECT. If it zero, we do nothing if replacement | |
2718 | is not valid. | |
2719 | ||
2720 | Return 1 if we either had nothing to do or if we were able to do the | |
2721 | needed replacement. Return 0 otherwise; we only return zero if | |
2722 | EXTRA_INSNS is zero. | |
2723 | ||
2724 | We first try some simple transformations to avoid the creation of extra | |
2725 | pseudos. */ | |
2726 | ||
2727 | static int | |
2728 | instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (loc, object, extra_insns) | |
2729 | rtx *loc; | |
2730 | rtx object; | |
2731 | int extra_insns; | |
2732 | { | |
2733 | rtx x; | |
2734 | RTX_CODE code; | |
2735 | rtx new = 0; | |
2736 | int offset; | |
2737 | rtx temp; | |
2738 | rtx seq; | |
2739 | int i, j; | |
2740 | char *fmt; | |
2741 | ||
2742 | /* Re-start here to avoid recursion in common cases. */ | |
2743 | restart: | |
2744 | ||
2745 | x = *loc; | |
2746 | if (x == 0) | |
2747 | return 1; | |
2748 | ||
2749 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
2750 | ||
2751 | /* Check for some special cases. */ | |
2752 | switch (code) | |
2753 | { | |
2754 | case CONST_INT: | |
2755 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
2756 | case CONST: | |
2757 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
2758 | case CODE_LABEL: | |
2759 | case PC: | |
2760 | case CC0: | |
2761 | case ASM_INPUT: | |
2762 | case ADDR_VEC: | |
2763 | case ADDR_DIFF_VEC: | |
2764 | case RETURN: | |
2765 | return 1; | |
2766 | ||
2767 | case SET: | |
2768 | /* We are allowed to set the virtual registers. This means that | |
2769 | that the actual register should receive the source minus the | |
2770 | appropriate offset. This is used, for example, in the handling | |
2771 | of non-local gotos. */ | |
2772 | if (SET_DEST (x) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx) | |
2773 | new = arg_pointer_rtx, offset = - in_arg_offset; | |
2774 | else if (SET_DEST (x) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx) | |
dfd3dae6 | 2775 | new = frame_pointer_rtx, offset = - var_offset; |
6f086dfc RS |
2776 | else if (SET_DEST (x) == virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx) |
2777 | new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = - dynamic_offset; | |
2778 | else if (SET_DEST (x) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx) | |
2779 | new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = - out_arg_offset; | |
2780 | ||
2781 | if (new) | |
2782 | { | |
2783 | /* The only valid sources here are PLUS or REG. Just do | |
2784 | the simplest possible thing to handle them. */ | |
2785 | if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) != REG | |
2786 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) != PLUS) | |
2787 | abort (); | |
2788 | ||
2789 | start_sequence (); | |
2790 | if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) != REG) | |
5f4f0e22 | 2791 | temp = force_operand (SET_SRC (x), NULL_RTX); |
6f086dfc RS |
2792 | else |
2793 | temp = SET_SRC (x); | |
5f4f0e22 | 2794 | temp = force_operand (plus_constant (temp, offset), NULL_RTX); |
6f086dfc RS |
2795 | seq = get_insns (); |
2796 | end_sequence (); | |
2797 | ||
2798 | emit_insns_before (seq, object); | |
2799 | SET_DEST (x) = new; | |
2800 | ||
2801 | if (!validate_change (object, &SET_SRC (x), temp, 0) | |
2802 | || ! extra_insns) | |
2803 | abort (); | |
2804 | ||
2805 | return 1; | |
2806 | } | |
2807 | ||
2808 | instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&SET_DEST (x), object, extra_insns); | |
2809 | loc = &SET_SRC (x); | |
2810 | goto restart; | |
2811 | ||
2812 | case PLUS: | |
2813 | /* Handle special case of virtual register plus constant. */ | |
2814 | if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))) | |
2815 | { | |
b1f82ccf | 2816 | rtx old, new_offset; |
6f086dfc RS |
2817 | |
2818 | /* Check for (plus (plus VIRT foo) (const_int)) first. */ | |
2819 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS) | |
2820 | { | |
2821 | rtx inner = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
2822 | ||
2823 | if (inner == virtual_incoming_args_rtx) | |
2824 | new = arg_pointer_rtx, offset = in_arg_offset; | |
2825 | else if (inner == virtual_stack_vars_rtx) | |
2826 | new = frame_pointer_rtx, offset = var_offset; | |
2827 | else if (inner == virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx) | |
2828 | new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = dynamic_offset; | |
2829 | else if (inner == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx) | |
2830 | new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = out_arg_offset; | |
2831 | else | |
2832 | { | |
2833 | loc = &XEXP (x, 0); | |
2834 | goto restart; | |
2835 | } | |
2836 | ||
2837 | instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), object, | |
2838 | extra_insns); | |
2839 | new = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, new, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)); | |
2840 | } | |
2841 | ||
2842 | else if (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx) | |
2843 | new = arg_pointer_rtx, offset = in_arg_offset; | |
2844 | else if (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx) | |
2845 | new = frame_pointer_rtx, offset = var_offset; | |
2846 | else if (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx) | |
2847 | new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = dynamic_offset; | |
2848 | else if (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx) | |
2849 | new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = out_arg_offset; | |
2850 | else | |
2851 | { | |
2852 | /* We know the second operand is a constant. Unless the | |
2853 | first operand is a REG (which has been already checked), | |
2854 | it needs to be checked. */ | |
2855 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != REG) | |
2856 | { | |
2857 | loc = &XEXP (x, 0); | |
2858 | goto restart; | |
2859 | } | |
2860 | return 1; | |
2861 | } | |
2862 | ||
b1f82ccf | 2863 | new_offset = plus_constant (XEXP (x, 1), offset); |
6f086dfc | 2864 | |
b1f82ccf DE |
2865 | /* If the new constant is zero, try to replace the sum with just |
2866 | the register. */ | |
2867 | if (new_offset == const0_rtx | |
2868 | && validate_change (object, loc, new, 0)) | |
6f086dfc RS |
2869 | return 1; |
2870 | ||
b1f82ccf DE |
2871 | /* Next try to replace the register and new offset. |
2872 | There are two changes to validate here and we can't assume that | |
2873 | in the case of old offset equals new just changing the register | |
2874 | will yield a valid insn. In the interests of a little efficiency, | |
2875 | however, we only call validate change once (we don't queue up the | |
0f41302f | 2876 | changes and then call apply_change_group). */ |
b1f82ccf DE |
2877 | |
2878 | old = XEXP (x, 0); | |
2879 | if (offset == 0 | |
2880 | ? ! validate_change (object, &XEXP (x, 0), new, 0) | |
2881 | : (XEXP (x, 0) = new, | |
2882 | ! validate_change (object, &XEXP (x, 1), new_offset, 0))) | |
6f086dfc RS |
2883 | { |
2884 | if (! extra_insns) | |
2885 | { | |
2886 | XEXP (x, 0) = old; | |
2887 | return 0; | |
2888 | } | |
2889 | ||
2890 | /* Otherwise copy the new constant into a register and replace | |
2891 | constant with that register. */ | |
2892 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
b1f82ccf | 2893 | XEXP (x, 0) = new; |
6f086dfc | 2894 | if (validate_change (object, &XEXP (x, 1), temp, 0)) |
b1f82ccf | 2895 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, new_offset), object); |
6f086dfc RS |
2896 | else |
2897 | { | |
2898 | /* If that didn't work, replace this expression with a | |
2899 | register containing the sum. */ | |
2900 | ||
6f086dfc | 2901 | XEXP (x, 0) = old; |
b1f82ccf | 2902 | new = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, new, new_offset); |
6f086dfc RS |
2903 | |
2904 | start_sequence (); | |
5f4f0e22 | 2905 | temp = force_operand (new, NULL_RTX); |
6f086dfc RS |
2906 | seq = get_insns (); |
2907 | end_sequence (); | |
2908 | ||
2909 | emit_insns_before (seq, object); | |
2910 | if (! validate_change (object, loc, temp, 0) | |
2911 | && ! validate_replace_rtx (x, temp, object)) | |
2912 | abort (); | |
2913 | } | |
2914 | } | |
2915 | ||
2916 | return 1; | |
2917 | } | |
2918 | ||
2919 | /* Fall through to generic two-operand expression case. */ | |
2920 | case EXPR_LIST: | |
2921 | case CALL: | |
2922 | case COMPARE: | |
2923 | case MINUS: | |
2924 | case MULT: | |
2925 | case DIV: case UDIV: | |
2926 | case MOD: case UMOD: | |
2927 | case AND: case IOR: case XOR: | |
45620ed4 RK |
2928 | case ROTATERT: case ROTATE: |
2929 | case ASHIFTRT: case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFT: | |
6f086dfc RS |
2930 | case NE: case EQ: |
2931 | case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU: | |
2932 | case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU: | |
2933 | if (XEXP (x, 1) && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))) | |
2934 | instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (x, 1), object, extra_insns); | |
2935 | loc = &XEXP (x, 0); | |
2936 | goto restart; | |
2937 | ||
2938 | case MEM: | |
2939 | /* Most cases of MEM that convert to valid addresses have already been | |
2940 | handled by our scan of regno_reg_rtx. The only special handling we | |
2941 | need here is to make a copy of the rtx to ensure it isn't being | |
b335c2cc | 2942 | shared if we have to change it to a pseudo. |
6f086dfc RS |
2943 | |
2944 | If the rtx is a simple reference to an address via a virtual register, | |
2945 | it can potentially be shared. In such cases, first try to make it | |
2946 | a valid address, which can also be shared. Otherwise, copy it and | |
2947 | proceed normally. | |
2948 | ||
2949 | First check for common cases that need no processing. These are | |
2950 | usually due to instantiation already being done on a previous instance | |
2951 | of a shared rtx. */ | |
2952 | ||
2953 | temp = XEXP (x, 0); | |
2954 | if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (temp) | |
2955 | #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM | |
2956 | || temp == arg_pointer_rtx | |
b37f453b DE |
2957 | #endif |
2958 | #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM | |
2959 | || temp == hard_frame_pointer_rtx | |
6f086dfc RS |
2960 | #endif |
2961 | || temp == frame_pointer_rtx) | |
2962 | return 1; | |
2963 | ||
2964 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == PLUS | |
2965 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (temp, 1)) | |
2966 | && (XEXP (temp, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
b37f453b DE |
2967 | #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
2968 | || XEXP (temp, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx | |
2969 | #endif | |
6f086dfc RS |
2970 | #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM |
2971 | || XEXP (temp, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx | |
2972 | #endif | |
2973 | )) | |
2974 | return 1; | |
2975 | ||
2976 | if (temp == virtual_stack_vars_rtx | |
2977 | || temp == virtual_incoming_args_rtx | |
2978 | || (GET_CODE (temp) == PLUS | |
2979 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (temp, 1)) | |
2980 | && (XEXP (temp, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx | |
2981 | || XEXP (temp, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx))) | |
2982 | { | |
2983 | /* This MEM may be shared. If the substitution can be done without | |
2984 | the need to generate new pseudos, we want to do it in place | |
2985 | so all copies of the shared rtx benefit. The call below will | |
2986 | only make substitutions if the resulting address is still | |
2987 | valid. | |
2988 | ||
2989 | Note that we cannot pass X as the object in the recursive call | |
2990 | since the insn being processed may not allow all valid | |
6461be14 RS |
2991 | addresses. However, if we were not passed on object, we can |
2992 | only modify X without copying it if X will have a valid | |
2993 | address. | |
6f086dfc | 2994 | |
6461be14 RS |
2995 | ??? Also note that this can still lose if OBJECT is an insn that |
2996 | has less restrictions on an address that some other insn. | |
2997 | In that case, we will modify the shared address. This case | |
2998 | doesn't seem very likely, though. */ | |
2999 | ||
3000 | if (instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (x, 0), | |
3001 | object ? object : x, 0)) | |
6f086dfc RS |
3002 | return 1; |
3003 | ||
3004 | /* Otherwise make a copy and process that copy. We copy the entire | |
3005 | RTL expression since it might be a PLUS which could also be | |
3006 | shared. */ | |
3007 | *loc = x = copy_rtx (x); | |
3008 | } | |
3009 | ||
3010 | /* Fall through to generic unary operation case. */ | |
3011 | case USE: | |
3012 | case CLOBBER: | |
3013 | case SUBREG: | |
3014 | case STRICT_LOW_PART: | |
3015 | case NEG: case NOT: | |
3016 | case PRE_DEC: case PRE_INC: case POST_DEC: case POST_INC: | |
3017 | case SIGN_EXTEND: case ZERO_EXTEND: | |
3018 | case TRUNCATE: case FLOAT_EXTEND: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE: | |
3019 | case FLOAT: case FIX: | |
3020 | case UNSIGNED_FIX: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT: | |
3021 | case ABS: | |
3022 | case SQRT: | |
3023 | case FFS: | |
3024 | /* These case either have just one operand or we know that we need not | |
3025 | check the rest of the operands. */ | |
3026 | loc = &XEXP (x, 0); | |
3027 | goto restart; | |
3028 | ||
3029 | case REG: | |
3030 | /* Try to replace with a PLUS. If that doesn't work, compute the sum | |
3031 | in front of this insn and substitute the temporary. */ | |
3032 | if (x == virtual_incoming_args_rtx) | |
3033 | new = arg_pointer_rtx, offset = in_arg_offset; | |
3034 | else if (x == virtual_stack_vars_rtx) | |
3035 | new = frame_pointer_rtx, offset = var_offset; | |
3036 | else if (x == virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx) | |
3037 | new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = dynamic_offset; | |
3038 | else if (x == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx) | |
3039 | new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = out_arg_offset; | |
3040 | ||
3041 | if (new) | |
3042 | { | |
3043 | temp = plus_constant (new, offset); | |
3044 | if (!validate_change (object, loc, temp, 0)) | |
3045 | { | |
3046 | if (! extra_insns) | |
3047 | return 0; | |
3048 | ||
3049 | start_sequence (); | |
5f4f0e22 | 3050 | temp = force_operand (temp, NULL_RTX); |
6f086dfc RS |
3051 | seq = get_insns (); |
3052 | end_sequence (); | |
3053 | ||
3054 | emit_insns_before (seq, object); | |
3055 | if (! validate_change (object, loc, temp, 0) | |
3056 | && ! validate_replace_rtx (x, temp, object)) | |
3057 | abort (); | |
3058 | } | |
3059 | } | |
3060 | ||
3061 | return 1; | |
3062 | } | |
3063 | ||
3064 | /* Scan all subexpressions. */ | |
3065 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
3066 | for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++) | |
3067 | if (*fmt == 'e') | |
3068 | { | |
3069 | if (!instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (x, i), object, extra_insns)) | |
3070 | return 0; | |
3071 | } | |
3072 | else if (*fmt == 'E') | |
3073 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
3074 | if (! instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XVECEXP (x, i, j), object, | |
3075 | extra_insns)) | |
3076 | return 0; | |
3077 | ||
3078 | return 1; | |
3079 | } | |
3080 | \f | |
3081 | /* Optimization: assuming this function does not receive nonlocal gotos, | |
3082 | delete the handlers for such, as well as the insns to establish | |
3083 | and disestablish them. */ | |
3084 | ||
3085 | static void | |
3086 | delete_handlers () | |
3087 | { | |
3088 | rtx insn; | |
3089 | for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
3090 | { | |
3091 | /* Delete the handler by turning off the flag that would | |
3092 | prevent jump_optimize from deleting it. | |
3093 | Also permit deletion of the nonlocal labels themselves | |
3094 | if nothing local refers to them. */ | |
3095 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL) | |
71cd4a8d JW |
3096 | { |
3097 | tree t, last_t; | |
3098 | ||
3099 | LABEL_PRESERVE_P (insn) = 0; | |
3100 | ||
3101 | /* Remove it from the nonlocal_label list, to avoid confusing | |
3102 | flow. */ | |
3103 | for (t = nonlocal_labels, last_t = 0; t; | |
3104 | last_t = t, t = TREE_CHAIN (t)) | |
3105 | if (DECL_RTL (TREE_VALUE (t)) == insn) | |
3106 | break; | |
3107 | if (t) | |
3108 | { | |
3109 | if (! last_t) | |
3110 | nonlocal_labels = TREE_CHAIN (nonlocal_labels); | |
3111 | else | |
3112 | TREE_CHAIN (last_t) = TREE_CHAIN (t); | |
3113 | } | |
3114 | } | |
6f086dfc | 3115 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN |
59257ff7 RK |
3116 | && ((nonlocal_goto_handler_slot != 0 |
3117 | && reg_mentioned_p (nonlocal_goto_handler_slot, PATTERN (insn))) | |
3118 | || (nonlocal_goto_stack_level != 0 | |
3119 | && reg_mentioned_p (nonlocal_goto_stack_level, | |
3120 | PATTERN (insn))))) | |
6f086dfc RS |
3121 | delete_insn (insn); |
3122 | } | |
3123 | } | |
3124 | ||
3125 | /* Return a list (chain of EXPR_LIST nodes) for the nonlocal labels | |
3126 | of the current function. */ | |
3127 | ||
3128 | rtx | |
3129 | nonlocal_label_rtx_list () | |
3130 | { | |
3131 | tree t; | |
3132 | rtx x = 0; | |
3133 | ||
3134 | for (t = nonlocal_labels; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t)) | |
3135 | x = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, label_rtx (TREE_VALUE (t)), x); | |
3136 | ||
3137 | return x; | |
3138 | } | |
3139 | \f | |
3140 | /* Output a USE for any register use in RTL. | |
3141 | This is used with -noreg to mark the extent of lifespan | |
3142 | of any registers used in a user-visible variable's DECL_RTL. */ | |
3143 | ||
3144 | void | |
3145 | use_variable (rtl) | |
3146 | rtx rtl; | |
3147 | { | |
3148 | if (GET_CODE (rtl) == REG) | |
3149 | /* This is a register variable. */ | |
3150 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, rtl)); | |
3151 | else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM | |
3152 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG | |
3153 | && (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
3154 | || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
3155 | && XEXP (rtl, 0) != current_function_internal_arg_pointer) | |
3156 | /* This is a variable-sized structure. */ | |
3157 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, XEXP (rtl, 0))); | |
3158 | } | |
3159 | ||
3160 | /* Like use_variable except that it outputs the USEs after INSN | |
3161 | instead of at the end of the insn-chain. */ | |
3162 | ||
3163 | void | |
3164 | use_variable_after (rtl, insn) | |
3165 | rtx rtl, insn; | |
3166 | { | |
3167 | if (GET_CODE (rtl) == REG) | |
3168 | /* This is a register variable. */ | |
3169 | emit_insn_after (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, rtl), insn); | |
3170 | else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM | |
3171 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG | |
3172 | && (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
3173 | || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
3174 | && XEXP (rtl, 0) != current_function_internal_arg_pointer) | |
3175 | /* This is a variable-sized structure. */ | |
3176 | emit_insn_after (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, XEXP (rtl, 0)), insn); | |
3177 | } | |
3178 | \f | |
3179 | int | |
3180 | max_parm_reg_num () | |
3181 | { | |
3182 | return max_parm_reg; | |
3183 | } | |
3184 | ||
3185 | /* Return the first insn following those generated by `assign_parms'. */ | |
3186 | ||
3187 | rtx | |
3188 | get_first_nonparm_insn () | |
3189 | { | |
3190 | if (last_parm_insn) | |
3191 | return NEXT_INSN (last_parm_insn); | |
3192 | return get_insns (); | |
3193 | } | |
3194 | ||
5378192b RS |
3195 | /* Return the first NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG note in the function. |
3196 | Crash if there is none. */ | |
3197 | ||
3198 | rtx | |
3199 | get_first_block_beg () | |
3200 | { | |
3201 | register rtx searcher; | |
3202 | register rtx insn = get_first_nonparm_insn (); | |
3203 | ||
3204 | for (searcher = insn; searcher; searcher = NEXT_INSN (searcher)) | |
3205 | if (GET_CODE (searcher) == NOTE | |
3206 | && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (searcher) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG) | |
3207 | return searcher; | |
3208 | ||
3209 | abort (); /* Invalid call to this function. (See comments above.) */ | |
3210 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3211 | } | |
3212 | ||
d181c154 RS |
3213 | /* Return 1 if EXP is an aggregate type (or a value with aggregate type). |
3214 | This means a type for which function calls must pass an address to the | |
3215 | function or get an address back from the function. | |
3216 | EXP may be a type node or an expression (whose type is tested). */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
3217 | |
3218 | int | |
3219 | aggregate_value_p (exp) | |
3220 | tree exp; | |
3221 | { | |
9d790a4f RS |
3222 | int i, regno, nregs; |
3223 | rtx reg; | |
d181c154 RS |
3224 | tree type; |
3225 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 't') | |
3226 | type = exp; | |
3227 | else | |
3228 | type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
3229 | ||
3230 | if (RETURN_IN_MEMORY (type)) | |
6f086dfc | 3231 | return 1; |
49a2e5b2 DE |
3232 | /* Types that are TREE_ADDRESSABLE must be contructed in memory, |
3233 | and thus can't be returned in registers. */ | |
3234 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
3235 | return 1; | |
05e3bdb9 | 3236 | if (flag_pcc_struct_return && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
6f086dfc | 3237 | return 1; |
9d790a4f RS |
3238 | /* Make sure we have suitable call-clobbered regs to return |
3239 | the value in; if not, we must return it in memory. */ | |
d181c154 | 3240 | reg = hard_function_value (type, 0); |
e71f7aa5 JW |
3241 | |
3242 | /* If we have something other than a REG (e.g. a PARALLEL), then assume | |
3243 | it is OK. */ | |
3244 | if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG) | |
3245 | return 0; | |
3246 | ||
9d790a4f | 3247 | regno = REGNO (reg); |
d181c154 | 3248 | nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, TYPE_MODE (type)); |
9d790a4f RS |
3249 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) |
3250 | if (! call_used_regs[regno + i]) | |
3251 | return 1; | |
6f086dfc RS |
3252 | return 0; |
3253 | } | |
3254 | \f | |
3255 | /* Assign RTL expressions to the function's parameters. | |
3256 | This may involve copying them into registers and using | |
3257 | those registers as the RTL for them. | |
3258 | ||
3259 | If SECOND_TIME is non-zero it means that this function is being | |
3260 | called a second time. This is done by integrate.c when a function's | |
3261 | compilation is deferred. We need to come back here in case the | |
3262 | FUNCTION_ARG macro computes items needed for the rest of the compilation | |
3263 | (such as changing which registers are fixed or caller-saved). But suppress | |
3264 | writing any insns or setting DECL_RTL of anything in this case. */ | |
3265 | ||
3266 | void | |
3267 | assign_parms (fndecl, second_time) | |
3268 | tree fndecl; | |
3269 | int second_time; | |
3270 | { | |
3271 | register tree parm; | |
3272 | register rtx entry_parm = 0; | |
3273 | register rtx stack_parm = 0; | |
3274 | CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far; | |
621061f4 RK |
3275 | enum machine_mode promoted_mode, passed_mode; |
3276 | enum machine_mode nominal_mode, promoted_nominal_mode; | |
00d8a4c1 | 3277 | int unsignedp; |
6f086dfc RS |
3278 | /* Total space needed so far for args on the stack, |
3279 | given as a constant and a tree-expression. */ | |
3280 | struct args_size stack_args_size; | |
3281 | tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (fndecl); | |
3282 | tree fnargs = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); | |
3283 | /* This is used for the arg pointer when referring to stack args. */ | |
3284 | rtx internal_arg_pointer; | |
3285 | /* This is a dummy PARM_DECL that we used for the function result if | |
3286 | the function returns a structure. */ | |
3287 | tree function_result_decl = 0; | |
3288 | int nparmregs = list_length (fnargs) + LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1; | |
3289 | int varargs_setup = 0; | |
3412b298 | 3290 | rtx conversion_insns = 0; |
6f086dfc RS |
3291 | |
3292 | /* Nonzero if the last arg is named `__builtin_va_alist', | |
3293 | which is used on some machines for old-fashioned non-ANSI varargs.h; | |
3294 | this should be stuck onto the stack as if it had arrived there. */ | |
3b69d50e RK |
3295 | int hide_last_arg |
3296 | = (current_function_varargs | |
3297 | && fnargs | |
6f086dfc RS |
3298 | && (parm = tree_last (fnargs)) != 0 |
3299 | && DECL_NAME (parm) | |
3300 | && (! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)), | |
3301 | "__builtin_va_alist"))); | |
3302 | ||
3303 | /* Nonzero if function takes extra anonymous args. | |
3304 | This means the last named arg must be on the stack | |
0f41302f | 3305 | right before the anonymous ones. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
3306 | int stdarg |
3307 | = (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) != 0 | |
3308 | && (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype))) | |
3309 | != void_type_node)); | |
3310 | ||
ebb904cb RK |
3311 | current_function_stdarg = stdarg; |
3312 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
3313 | /* If the reg that the virtual arg pointer will be translated into is |
3314 | not a fixed reg or is the stack pointer, make a copy of the virtual | |
3315 | arg pointer, and address parms via the copy. The frame pointer is | |
3316 | considered fixed even though it is not marked as such. | |
3317 | ||
3318 | The second time through, simply use ap to avoid generating rtx. */ | |
3319 | ||
3320 | if ((ARG_POINTER_REGNUM == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM | |
3321 | || ! (fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM] | |
3322 | || ARG_POINTER_REGNUM == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)) | |
3323 | && ! second_time) | |
3324 | internal_arg_pointer = copy_to_reg (virtual_incoming_args_rtx); | |
3325 | else | |
3326 | internal_arg_pointer = virtual_incoming_args_rtx; | |
3327 | current_function_internal_arg_pointer = internal_arg_pointer; | |
3328 | ||
3329 | stack_args_size.constant = 0; | |
3330 | stack_args_size.var = 0; | |
3331 | ||
3332 | /* If struct value address is treated as the first argument, make it so. */ | |
3333 | if (aggregate_value_p (DECL_RESULT (fndecl)) | |
3334 | && ! current_function_returns_pcc_struct | |
3335 | && struct_value_incoming_rtx == 0) | |
3336 | { | |
f9f29478 | 3337 | tree type = build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fntype)); |
6f086dfc | 3338 | |
5f4f0e22 | 3339 | function_result_decl = build_decl (PARM_DECL, NULL_TREE, type); |
6f086dfc RS |
3340 | |
3341 | DECL_ARG_TYPE (function_result_decl) = type; | |
3342 | TREE_CHAIN (function_result_decl) = fnargs; | |
3343 | fnargs = function_result_decl; | |
3344 | } | |
3345 | ||
3346 | parm_reg_stack_loc = (rtx *) oballoc (nparmregs * sizeof (rtx)); | |
4c9a05bc | 3347 | bzero ((char *) parm_reg_stack_loc, nparmregs * sizeof (rtx)); |
6f086dfc RS |
3348 | |
3349 | #ifdef INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS | |
ea0d4c4b | 3350 | INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (args_so_far, fntype, NULL_RTX); |
6f086dfc | 3351 | #else |
2c7ee1a6 | 3352 | INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, fntype, NULL_RTX, 0); |
6f086dfc RS |
3353 | #endif |
3354 | ||
3355 | /* We haven't yet found an argument that we must push and pretend the | |
3356 | caller did. */ | |
3357 | current_function_pretend_args_size = 0; | |
3358 | ||
3359 | for (parm = fnargs; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm)) | |
3360 | { | |
05e3bdb9 | 3361 | int aggregate = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (parm)); |
6f086dfc RS |
3362 | struct args_size stack_offset; |
3363 | struct args_size arg_size; | |
3364 | int passed_pointer = 0; | |
621061f4 | 3365 | int did_conversion = 0; |
6f086dfc | 3366 | tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm); |
621061f4 | 3367 | tree nominal_type = TREE_TYPE (parm); |
6f086dfc RS |
3368 | |
3369 | /* Set LAST_NAMED if this is last named arg before some | |
3370 | anonymous args. We treat it as if it were anonymous too. */ | |
3371 | int last_named = ((TREE_CHAIN (parm) == 0 | |
3372 | || DECL_NAME (TREE_CHAIN (parm)) == 0) | |
3b69d50e | 3373 | && (stdarg || current_function_varargs)); |
6f086dfc RS |
3374 | |
3375 | if (TREE_TYPE (parm) == error_mark_node | |
3376 | /* This can happen after weird syntax errors | |
3377 | or if an enum type is defined among the parms. */ | |
3378 | || TREE_CODE (parm) != PARM_DECL | |
3379 | || passed_type == NULL) | |
3380 | { | |
587cb682 TW |
3381 | DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm) = DECL_RTL (parm) = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, |
3382 | const0_rtx); | |
6f086dfc RS |
3383 | TREE_USED (parm) = 1; |
3384 | continue; | |
3385 | } | |
3386 | ||
3387 | /* For varargs.h function, save info about regs and stack space | |
3388 | used by the individual args, not including the va_alist arg. */ | |
3b69d50e | 3389 | if (hide_last_arg && last_named) |
6f086dfc RS |
3390 | current_function_args_info = args_so_far; |
3391 | ||
3392 | /* Find mode of arg as it is passed, and mode of arg | |
3393 | as it should be during execution of this function. */ | |
3394 | passed_mode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type); | |
621061f4 | 3395 | nominal_mode = TYPE_MODE (nominal_type); |
6f086dfc | 3396 | |
16bae307 RS |
3397 | /* If the parm's mode is VOID, its value doesn't matter, |
3398 | and avoid the usual things like emit_move_insn that could crash. */ | |
3399 | if (nominal_mode == VOIDmode) | |
3400 | { | |
3401 | DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm) = DECL_RTL (parm) = const0_rtx; | |
3402 | continue; | |
3403 | } | |
3404 | ||
3f46679a RK |
3405 | /* If the parm is to be passed as a transparent union, use the |
3406 | type of the first field for the tests below. We have already | |
3407 | verified that the modes are the same. */ | |
3408 | if (DECL_TRANSPARENT_UNION (parm) | |
3409 | || TYPE_TRANSPARENT_UNION (passed_type)) | |
3410 | passed_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (passed_type)); | |
3411 | ||
a14ae508 RK |
3412 | /* See if this arg was passed by invisible reference. It is if |
3413 | it is an object whose size depends on the contents of the | |
3414 | object itself or if the machine requires these objects be passed | |
3415 | that way. */ | |
3416 | ||
3417 | if ((TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (passed_type)) != INTEGER_CST | |
3418 | && contains_placeholder_p (TYPE_SIZE (passed_type))) | |
657bb6dc | 3419 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (passed_type) |
6f086dfc | 3420 | #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE |
a14ae508 RK |
3421 | || FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE (args_so_far, passed_mode, |
3422 | passed_type, ! last_named) | |
3423 | #endif | |
3424 | ) | |
6f086dfc | 3425 | { |
621061f4 | 3426 | passed_type = nominal_type = build_pointer_type (passed_type); |
6f086dfc RS |
3427 | passed_pointer = 1; |
3428 | passed_mode = nominal_mode = Pmode; | |
3429 | } | |
6f086dfc | 3430 | |
a53e14c0 RK |
3431 | promoted_mode = passed_mode; |
3432 | ||
3433 | #ifdef PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS | |
3434 | /* Compute the mode in which the arg is actually extended to. */ | |
a5a52dbc | 3435 | promoted_mode = promote_mode (passed_type, promoted_mode, &unsignedp, 1); |
a53e14c0 RK |
3436 | #endif |
3437 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
3438 | /* Let machine desc say which reg (if any) the parm arrives in. |
3439 | 0 means it arrives on the stack. */ | |
3440 | #ifdef FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG | |
a53e14c0 | 3441 | entry_parm = FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG (args_so_far, promoted_mode, |
6f086dfc RS |
3442 | passed_type, ! last_named); |
3443 | #else | |
a53e14c0 | 3444 | entry_parm = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, promoted_mode, |
6f086dfc RS |
3445 | passed_type, ! last_named); |
3446 | #endif | |
3447 | ||
621061f4 RK |
3448 | if (entry_parm == 0) |
3449 | promoted_mode = passed_mode; | |
a53e14c0 | 3450 | |
6f086dfc RS |
3451 | #ifdef SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS |
3452 | /* If this is the last named parameter, do any required setup for | |
3453 | varargs or stdargs. We need to know about the case of this being an | |
3454 | addressable type, in which case we skip the registers it | |
3455 | would have arrived in. | |
3456 | ||
3457 | For stdargs, LAST_NAMED will be set for two parameters, the one that | |
3458 | is actually the last named, and the dummy parameter. We only | |
3459 | want to do this action once. | |
3460 | ||
3461 | Also, indicate when RTL generation is to be suppressed. */ | |
3462 | if (last_named && !varargs_setup) | |
3463 | { | |
621061f4 | 3464 | SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS (args_so_far, promoted_mode, passed_type, |
6f086dfc RS |
3465 | current_function_pretend_args_size, |
3466 | second_time); | |
3467 | varargs_setup = 1; | |
3468 | } | |
3469 | #endif | |
3470 | ||
3471 | /* Determine parm's home in the stack, | |
3472 | in case it arrives in the stack or we should pretend it did. | |
3473 | ||
3474 | Compute the stack position and rtx where the argument arrives | |
3475 | and its size. | |
3476 | ||
3477 | There is one complexity here: If this was a parameter that would | |
3478 | have been passed in registers, but wasn't only because it is | |
3479 | __builtin_va_alist, we want locate_and_pad_parm to treat it as if | |
3480 | it came in a register so that REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE isn't skipped. | |
3481 | In this case, we call FUNCTION_ARG with NAMED set to 1 instead of | |
3482 | 0 as it was the previous time. */ | |
3483 | ||
621061f4 | 3484 | locate_and_pad_parm (promoted_mode, passed_type, |
6f086dfc RS |
3485 | #ifdef STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA |
3486 | 1, | |
3487 | #else | |
3488 | #ifdef FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG | |
621061f4 | 3489 | FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG (args_so_far, promoted_mode, |
6f086dfc RS |
3490 | passed_type, |
3491 | (! last_named | |
3492 | || varargs_setup)) != 0, | |
3493 | #else | |
621061f4 | 3494 | FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, promoted_mode, |
6f086dfc RS |
3495 | passed_type, |
3496 | ! last_named || varargs_setup) != 0, | |
3497 | #endif | |
3498 | #endif | |
3499 | fndecl, &stack_args_size, &stack_offset, &arg_size); | |
3500 | ||
3501 | if (! second_time) | |
3502 | { | |
3503 | rtx offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (stack_offset); | |
3504 | ||
3505 | if (offset_rtx == const0_rtx) | |
621061f4 | 3506 | stack_parm = gen_rtx (MEM, promoted_mode, internal_arg_pointer); |
6f086dfc | 3507 | else |
621061f4 | 3508 | stack_parm = gen_rtx (MEM, promoted_mode, |
6f086dfc RS |
3509 | gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, |
3510 | internal_arg_pointer, offset_rtx)); | |
3511 | ||
3512 | /* If this is a memory ref that contains aggregate components, | |
a00285d0 RK |
3513 | mark it as such for cse and loop optimize. Likewise if it |
3514 | is readonly. */ | |
6f086dfc | 3515 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (stack_parm) = aggregate; |
a00285d0 | 3516 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (stack_parm) = TREE_READONLY (parm); |
6f086dfc RS |
3517 | } |
3518 | ||
3519 | /* If this parameter was passed both in registers and in the stack, | |
3520 | use the copy on the stack. */ | |
621061f4 | 3521 | if (MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (promoted_mode, passed_type)) |
6f086dfc RS |
3522 | entry_parm = 0; |
3523 | ||
461beb10 | 3524 | #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS |
6f086dfc RS |
3525 | /* If this parm was passed part in regs and part in memory, |
3526 | pretend it arrived entirely in memory | |
3527 | by pushing the register-part onto the stack. | |
3528 | ||
3529 | In the special case of a DImode or DFmode that is split, | |
3530 | we could put it together in a pseudoreg directly, | |
3531 | but for now that's not worth bothering with. */ | |
3532 | ||
3533 | if (entry_parm) | |
3534 | { | |
621061f4 | 3535 | int nregs = FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far, promoted_mode, |
461beb10 | 3536 | passed_type, ! last_named); |
6f086dfc RS |
3537 | |
3538 | if (nregs > 0) | |
3539 | { | |
3540 | current_function_pretend_args_size | |
3541 | = (((nregs * UNITS_PER_WORD) + (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1) | |
3542 | / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
3543 | * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3544 | ||
3545 | if (! second_time) | |
5c4cdc9f JW |
3546 | { |
3547 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous | |
3548 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3549 | if (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL) | |
3550 | emit_group_store (validize_mem (stack_parm), | |
3551 | entry_parm); | |
3552 | else | |
3553 | move_block_from_reg (REGNO (entry_parm), | |
3554 | validize_mem (stack_parm), nregs, | |
3555 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (parm))); | |
3556 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
3557 | entry_parm = stack_parm; |
3558 | } | |
3559 | } | |
461beb10 | 3560 | #endif |
6f086dfc RS |
3561 | |
3562 | /* If we didn't decide this parm came in a register, | |
3563 | by default it came on the stack. */ | |
3564 | if (entry_parm == 0) | |
3565 | entry_parm = stack_parm; | |
3566 | ||
3567 | /* Record permanently how this parm was passed. */ | |
3568 | if (! second_time) | |
3569 | DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm) = entry_parm; | |
3570 | ||
3571 | /* If there is actually space on the stack for this parm, | |
3572 | count it in stack_args_size; otherwise set stack_parm to 0 | |
3573 | to indicate there is no preallocated stack slot for the parm. */ | |
3574 | ||
3575 | if (entry_parm == stack_parm | |
d9ca49d5 | 3576 | #if defined (REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) && ! defined (MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) |
6f086dfc | 3577 | /* On some machines, even if a parm value arrives in a register |
d9ca49d5 JW |
3578 | there is still an (uninitialized) stack slot allocated for it. |
3579 | ||
3580 | ??? When MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is defined, we can't tell | |
3581 | whether this parameter already has a stack slot allocated, | |
3582 | because an arg block exists only if current_function_args_size | |
abc95ed3 | 3583 | is larger than some threshold, and we haven't calculated that |
d9ca49d5 JW |
3584 | yet. So, for now, we just assume that stack slots never exist |
3585 | in this case. */ | |
6f086dfc RS |
3586 | || REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fndecl) > 0 |
3587 | #endif | |
3588 | ) | |
3589 | { | |
3590 | stack_args_size.constant += arg_size.constant; | |
3591 | if (arg_size.var) | |
3592 | ADD_PARM_SIZE (stack_args_size, arg_size.var); | |
3593 | } | |
3594 | else | |
3595 | /* No stack slot was pushed for this parm. */ | |
3596 | stack_parm = 0; | |
3597 | ||
3598 | /* Update info on where next arg arrives in registers. */ | |
3599 | ||
621061f4 | 3600 | FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, promoted_mode, |
6f086dfc RS |
3601 | passed_type, ! last_named); |
3602 | ||
0f41302f | 3603 | /* If this is our second time through, we are done with this parm. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
3604 | if (second_time) |
3605 | continue; | |
3606 | ||
e16c591a RS |
3607 | /* If we can't trust the parm stack slot to be aligned enough |
3608 | for its ultimate type, don't use that slot after entry. | |
3609 | We'll make another stack slot, if we need one. */ | |
3610 | { | |
e16c591a | 3611 | int thisparm_boundary |
621061f4 | 3612 | = FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY (promoted_mode, passed_type); |
e16c591a RS |
3613 | |
3614 | if (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (nominal_mode) > thisparm_boundary) | |
3615 | stack_parm = 0; | |
3616 | } | |
3617 | ||
cb61f66f RS |
3618 | /* If parm was passed in memory, and we need to convert it on entry, |
3619 | don't store it back in that same slot. */ | |
3620 | if (entry_parm != 0 | |
3621 | && nominal_mode != BLKmode && nominal_mode != passed_mode) | |
3622 | stack_parm = 0; | |
3623 | ||
3624 | #if 0 | |
6f086dfc RS |
3625 | /* Now adjust STACK_PARM to the mode and precise location |
3626 | where this parameter should live during execution, | |
3627 | if we discover that it must live in the stack during execution. | |
3628 | To make debuggers happier on big-endian machines, we store | |
3629 | the value in the last bytes of the space available. */ | |
3630 | ||
3631 | if (nominal_mode != BLKmode && nominal_mode != passed_mode | |
3632 | && stack_parm != 0) | |
3633 | { | |
3634 | rtx offset_rtx; | |
3635 | ||
f76b9db2 ILT |
3636 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN |
3637 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (nominal_mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
6f086dfc RS |
3638 | stack_offset.constant += (GET_MODE_SIZE (passed_mode) |
3639 | - GET_MODE_SIZE (nominal_mode)); | |
6f086dfc RS |
3640 | |
3641 | offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (stack_offset); | |
3642 | if (offset_rtx == const0_rtx) | |
3643 | stack_parm = gen_rtx (MEM, nominal_mode, internal_arg_pointer); | |
3644 | else | |
3645 | stack_parm = gen_rtx (MEM, nominal_mode, | |
3646 | gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, | |
3647 | internal_arg_pointer, offset_rtx)); | |
3648 | ||
3649 | /* If this is a memory ref that contains aggregate components, | |
3650 | mark it as such for cse and loop optimize. */ | |
3651 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (stack_parm) = aggregate; | |
3652 | } | |
cb61f66f | 3653 | #endif /* 0 */ |
6f086dfc | 3654 | |
9dc0f531 RK |
3655 | #ifdef STACK_REGS |
3656 | /* We need this "use" info, because the gcc-register->stack-register | |
3657 | converter in reg-stack.c needs to know which registers are active | |
3658 | at the start of the function call. The actual parameter loading | |
3659 | instructions are not always available then anymore, since they might | |
3660 | have been optimised away. */ | |
3661 | ||
3662 | if (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == REG && !(hide_last_arg && last_named)) | |
3663 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, GET_MODE (entry_parm), entry_parm)); | |
3664 | #endif | |
3665 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
3666 | /* ENTRY_PARM is an RTX for the parameter as it arrives, |
3667 | in the mode in which it arrives. | |
3668 | STACK_PARM is an RTX for a stack slot where the parameter can live | |
3669 | during the function (in case we want to put it there). | |
3670 | STACK_PARM is 0 if no stack slot was pushed for it. | |
3671 | ||
3672 | Now output code if necessary to convert ENTRY_PARM to | |
3673 | the type in which this function declares it, | |
3674 | and store that result in an appropriate place, | |
3675 | which may be a pseudo reg, may be STACK_PARM, | |
3676 | or may be a local stack slot if STACK_PARM is 0. | |
3677 | ||
3678 | Set DECL_RTL to that place. */ | |
3679 | ||
5c4cdc9f | 3680 | if (nominal_mode == BLKmode || GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL) |
6f086dfc | 3681 | { |
5c4cdc9f JW |
3682 | /* If a BLKmode arrives in registers, copy it to a stack slot. |
3683 | Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous | |
3684 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3685 | if (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == REG | |
3686 | || GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL) | |
6f086dfc | 3687 | { |
621061f4 RK |
3688 | int size_stored |
3689 | = CEIL_ROUND (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (parm)), | |
3690 | UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
6f086dfc RS |
3691 | |
3692 | /* Note that we will be storing an integral number of words. | |
3693 | So we have to be careful to ensure that we allocate an | |
3694 | integral number of words. We do this below in the | |
3695 | assign_stack_local if space was not allocated in the argument | |
3696 | list. If it was, this will not work if PARM_BOUNDARY is not | |
3697 | a multiple of BITS_PER_WORD. It isn't clear how to fix this | |
3698 | if it becomes a problem. */ | |
3699 | ||
3700 | if (stack_parm == 0) | |
7e41ffa2 RS |
3701 | { |
3702 | stack_parm | |
621061f4 RK |
3703 | = assign_stack_local (GET_MODE (entry_parm), |
3704 | size_stored, 0); | |
3705 | ||
3706 | /* If this is a memory ref that contains aggregate | |
3707 | components, mark it as such for cse and loop optimize. */ | |
7e41ffa2 RS |
3708 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (stack_parm) = aggregate; |
3709 | } | |
3710 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
3711 | else if (PARM_BOUNDARY % BITS_PER_WORD != 0) |
3712 | abort (); | |
3713 | ||
7a30f0c4 JW |
3714 | if (TREE_READONLY (parm)) |
3715 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (stack_parm) = 1; | |
3716 | ||
5c4cdc9f JW |
3717 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous |
3718 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3719 | if (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL) | |
3720 | emit_group_store (validize_mem (stack_parm), entry_parm); | |
3721 | else | |
3722 | move_block_from_reg (REGNO (entry_parm), | |
3723 | validize_mem (stack_parm), | |
3724 | size_stored / UNITS_PER_WORD, | |
3725 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (parm))); | |
6f086dfc RS |
3726 | } |
3727 | DECL_RTL (parm) = stack_parm; | |
3728 | } | |
74bd77a8 | 3729 | else if (! ((obey_regdecls && ! DECL_REGISTER (parm) |
a82ad570 | 3730 | && ! DECL_INLINE (fndecl)) |
6f086dfc RS |
3731 | /* layout_decl may set this. */ |
3732 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (parm) | |
3733 | || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (parm) | |
3734 | /* If -ffloat-store specified, don't put explicit | |
3735 | float variables into registers. */ | |
3736 | || (flag_float_store | |
3737 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)) == REAL_TYPE)) | |
3738 | /* Always assign pseudo to structure return or item passed | |
3739 | by invisible reference. */ | |
3740 | || passed_pointer || parm == function_result_decl) | |
3741 | { | |
00d8a4c1 RK |
3742 | /* Store the parm in a pseudoregister during the function, but we |
3743 | may need to do it in a wider mode. */ | |
3744 | ||
3745 | register rtx parmreg; | |
a03caf76 | 3746 | int regno, regnoi, regnor; |
00d8a4c1 RK |
3747 | |
3748 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (parm)); | |
cd5b3469 | 3749 | |
621061f4 RK |
3750 | promoted_nominal_mode |
3751 | = promote_mode (TREE_TYPE (parm), nominal_mode, &unsignedp, 0); | |
6f086dfc | 3752 | |
621061f4 | 3753 | parmreg = gen_reg_rtx (promoted_nominal_mode); |
ddb7361a | 3754 | mark_user_reg (parmreg); |
6f086dfc RS |
3755 | |
3756 | /* If this was an item that we received a pointer to, set DECL_RTL | |
3757 | appropriately. */ | |
3758 | if (passed_pointer) | |
3759 | { | |
621061f4 RK |
3760 | DECL_RTL (parm) |
3761 | = gen_rtx (MEM, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (passed_type)), parmreg); | |
6f086dfc RS |
3762 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (DECL_RTL (parm)) = aggregate; |
3763 | } | |
3764 | else | |
3765 | DECL_RTL (parm) = parmreg; | |
3766 | ||
3767 | /* Copy the value into the register. */ | |
621061f4 RK |
3768 | if (nominal_mode != passed_mode |
3769 | || promoted_nominal_mode != promoted_mode) | |
86f8eff3 | 3770 | { |
621061f4 RK |
3771 | /* ENTRY_PARM has been converted to PROMOTED_MODE, its |
3772 | mode, by the caller. We now have to convert it to | |
3773 | NOMINAL_MODE, if different. However, PARMREG may be in | |
3774 | a diffent mode than NOMINAL_MODE if it is being stored | |
3775 | promoted. | |
3776 | ||
3777 | If ENTRY_PARM is a hard register, it might be in a register | |
86f8eff3 RK |
3778 | not valid for operating in its mode (e.g., an odd-numbered |
3779 | register for a DFmode). In that case, moves are the only | |
3780 | thing valid, so we can't do a convert from there. This | |
3781 | occurs when the calling sequence allow such misaligned | |
3412b298 JW |
3782 | usages. |
3783 | ||
3784 | In addition, the conversion may involve a call, which could | |
3785 | clobber parameters which haven't been copied to pseudo | |
3786 | registers yet. Therefore, we must first copy the parm to | |
3787 | a pseudo reg here, and save the conversion until after all | |
3788 | parameters have been moved. */ | |
3789 | ||
3790 | rtx tempreg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (entry_parm)); | |
3791 | ||
3792 | emit_move_insn (tempreg, validize_mem (entry_parm)); | |
3793 | ||
3794 | push_to_sequence (conversion_insns); | |
ad241351 RK |
3795 | tempreg = convert_to_mode (nominal_mode, tempreg, unsignedp); |
3796 | ||
621061f4 RK |
3797 | expand_assignment (parm, |
3798 | make_tree (nominal_type, tempreg), 0, 0); | |
3412b298 | 3799 | conversion_insns = get_insns (); |
621061f4 | 3800 | did_conversion = 1; |
3412b298 | 3801 | end_sequence (); |
86f8eff3 | 3802 | } |
6f086dfc RS |
3803 | else |
3804 | emit_move_insn (parmreg, validize_mem (entry_parm)); | |
3805 | ||
74bd77a8 RS |
3806 | /* If we were passed a pointer but the actual value |
3807 | can safely live in a register, put it in one. */ | |
16bae307 | 3808 | if (passed_pointer && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)) != BLKmode |
74bd77a8 RS |
3809 | && ! ((obey_regdecls && ! DECL_REGISTER (parm) |
3810 | && ! DECL_INLINE (fndecl)) | |
3811 | /* layout_decl may set this. */ | |
3812 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (parm) | |
3813 | || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (parm) | |
3814 | /* If -ffloat-store specified, don't put explicit | |
3815 | float variables into registers. */ | |
3816 | || (flag_float_store | |
3817 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)) == REAL_TYPE))) | |
3818 | { | |
2654605a JW |
3819 | /* We can't use nominal_mode, because it will have been set to |
3820 | Pmode above. We must use the actual mode of the parm. */ | |
3821 | parmreg = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (parm))); | |
ddb7361a | 3822 | mark_user_reg (parmreg); |
74bd77a8 RS |
3823 | emit_move_insn (parmreg, DECL_RTL (parm)); |
3824 | DECL_RTL (parm) = parmreg; | |
c110c53d RS |
3825 | /* STACK_PARM is the pointer, not the parm, and PARMREG is |
3826 | now the parm. */ | |
3827 | stack_parm = 0; | |
74bd77a8 | 3828 | } |
137a2a7b DE |
3829 | #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES |
3830 | /* If we are passed an arg by reference and it is our responsibility | |
3831 | to make a copy, do it now. | |
3832 | PASSED_TYPE and PASSED mode now refer to the pointer, not the | |
3833 | original argument, so we must recreate them in the call to | |
3834 | FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES. */ | |
3835 | /* ??? Later add code to handle the case that if the argument isn't | |
3836 | modified, don't do the copy. */ | |
3837 | ||
3838 | else if (passed_pointer | |
3839 | && FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES (args_so_far, | |
3840 | TYPE_MODE (DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm)), | |
3841 | DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm), | |
926b1b99 RK |
3842 | ! last_named) |
3843 | && ! TREE_ADDRESSABLE (DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm))) | |
137a2a7b DE |
3844 | { |
3845 | rtx copy; | |
3846 | tree type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm); | |
3847 | ||
3848 | /* This sequence may involve a library call perhaps clobbering | |
3849 | registers that haven't been copied to pseudos yet. */ | |
3850 | ||
3851 | push_to_sequence (conversion_insns); | |
3852 | ||
3853 | if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0 | |
3854 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
1fd3ef7f RK |
3855 | /* This is a variable sized object. */ |
3856 | copy = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, | |
3857 | allocate_dynamic_stack_space | |
6673dddf | 3858 | (expr_size (parm), NULL_RTX, |
1fd3ef7f | 3859 | TYPE_ALIGN (type))); |
137a2a7b | 3860 | else |
1fd3ef7f RK |
3861 | copy = assign_stack_temp (TYPE_MODE (type), |
3862 | int_size_in_bytes (type), 1); | |
3668e76e | 3863 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (copy) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); |
137a2a7b DE |
3864 | |
3865 | store_expr (parm, copy, 0); | |
3866 | emit_move_insn (parmreg, XEXP (copy, 0)); | |
3867 | conversion_insns = get_insns (); | |
621061f4 | 3868 | did_conversion = 1; |
137a2a7b DE |
3869 | end_sequence (); |
3870 | } | |
3871 | #endif /* FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES */ | |
74bd77a8 | 3872 | |
6f086dfc | 3873 | /* In any case, record the parm's desired stack location |
14aceb29 RS |
3874 | in case we later discover it must live in the stack. |
3875 | ||
3876 | If it is a COMPLEX value, store the stack location for both | |
3877 | halves. */ | |
3878 | ||
3879 | if (GET_CODE (parmreg) == CONCAT) | |
3880 | regno = MAX (REGNO (XEXP (parmreg, 0)), REGNO (XEXP (parmreg, 1))); | |
3881 | else | |
3882 | regno = REGNO (parmreg); | |
3883 | ||
3884 | if (regno >= nparmregs) | |
6f086dfc RS |
3885 | { |
3886 | rtx *new; | |
19fdd3ee | 3887 | int old_nparmregs = nparmregs; |
14aceb29 RS |
3888 | |
3889 | nparmregs = regno + 5; | |
6f086dfc | 3890 | new = (rtx *) oballoc (nparmregs * sizeof (rtx)); |
4c9a05bc RK |
3891 | bcopy ((char *) parm_reg_stack_loc, (char *) new, |
3892 | old_nparmregs * sizeof (rtx)); | |
3893 | bzero ((char *) (new + old_nparmregs), | |
14aceb29 | 3894 | (nparmregs - old_nparmregs) * sizeof (rtx)); |
6f086dfc RS |
3895 | parm_reg_stack_loc = new; |
3896 | } | |
14aceb29 RS |
3897 | |
3898 | if (GET_CODE (parmreg) == CONCAT) | |
3899 | { | |
3900 | enum machine_mode submode = GET_MODE (XEXP (parmreg, 0)); | |
3901 | ||
a03caf76 RK |
3902 | regnor = REGNO (gen_realpart (submode, parmreg)); |
3903 | regnoi = REGNO (gen_imagpart (submode, parmreg)); | |
3904 | ||
7b1a0c14 RS |
3905 | if (stack_parm != 0) |
3906 | { | |
a03caf76 | 3907 | parm_reg_stack_loc[regnor] |
3d329b07 | 3908 | = gen_realpart (submode, stack_parm); |
a03caf76 | 3909 | parm_reg_stack_loc[regnoi] |
3d329b07 | 3910 | = gen_imagpart (submode, stack_parm); |
7b1a0c14 RS |
3911 | } |
3912 | else | |
3913 | { | |
a03caf76 RK |
3914 | parm_reg_stack_loc[regnor] = 0; |
3915 | parm_reg_stack_loc[regnoi] = 0; | |
7b1a0c14 | 3916 | } |
14aceb29 RS |
3917 | } |
3918 | else | |
3919 | parm_reg_stack_loc[REGNO (parmreg)] = stack_parm; | |
6f086dfc RS |
3920 | |
3921 | /* Mark the register as eliminable if we did no conversion | |
3922 | and it was copied from memory at a fixed offset, | |
3923 | and the arg pointer was not copied to a pseudo-reg. | |
3924 | If the arg pointer is a pseudo reg or the offset formed | |
3925 | an invalid address, such memory-equivalences | |
3926 | as we make here would screw up life analysis for it. */ | |
3927 | if (nominal_mode == passed_mode | |
621061f4 | 3928 | && ! did_conversion |
6f086dfc | 3929 | && GET_CODE (entry_parm) == MEM |
e16c591a | 3930 | && entry_parm == stack_parm |
6f086dfc RS |
3931 | && stack_offset.var == 0 |
3932 | && reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, | |
3933 | XEXP (entry_parm, 0))) | |
a03caf76 RK |
3934 | { |
3935 | rtx linsn = get_last_insn (); | |
69685820 | 3936 | rtx sinsn, set; |
a03caf76 RK |
3937 | |
3938 | /* Mark complex types separately. */ | |
3939 | if (GET_CODE (parmreg) == CONCAT) | |
69685820 RK |
3940 | /* Scan backwards for the set of the real and |
3941 | imaginary parts. */ | |
3942 | for (sinsn = linsn; sinsn != 0; | |
3943 | sinsn = prev_nonnote_insn (sinsn)) | |
3944 | { | |
3945 | set = single_set (sinsn); | |
3946 | if (set != 0 | |
3947 | && SET_DEST (set) == regno_reg_rtx [regnoi]) | |
3948 | REG_NOTES (sinsn) | |
3949 | = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_EQUIV, | |
3950 | parm_reg_stack_loc[regnoi], | |
3951 | REG_NOTES (sinsn)); | |
3952 | else if (set != 0 | |
3953 | && SET_DEST (set) == regno_reg_rtx [regnor]) | |
3954 | REG_NOTES (sinsn) | |
3955 | = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_EQUIV, | |
3956 | parm_reg_stack_loc[regnor], | |
3957 | REG_NOTES (sinsn)); | |
3958 | } | |
3959 | else if ((set = single_set (linsn)) != 0 | |
3960 | && SET_DEST (set) == parmreg) | |
a03caf76 | 3961 | REG_NOTES (linsn) |
69685820 RK |
3962 | = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_EQUIV, |
3963 | entry_parm, REG_NOTES (linsn)); | |
a03caf76 | 3964 | } |
6f086dfc RS |
3965 | |
3966 | /* For pointer data type, suggest pointer register. */ | |
3967 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)) == POINTER_TYPE) | |
6c6166bd RK |
3968 | mark_reg_pointer (parmreg, |
3969 | (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (parm))) | |
3970 | / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
6f086dfc RS |
3971 | } |
3972 | else | |
3973 | { | |
3974 | /* Value must be stored in the stack slot STACK_PARM | |
3975 | during function execution. */ | |
3976 | ||
621061f4 | 3977 | if (promoted_mode != nominal_mode) |
86f8eff3 RK |
3978 | { |
3979 | /* Conversion is required. */ | |
3412b298 JW |
3980 | rtx tempreg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (entry_parm)); |
3981 | ||
3982 | emit_move_insn (tempreg, validize_mem (entry_parm)); | |
86f8eff3 | 3983 | |
3412b298 JW |
3984 | push_to_sequence (conversion_insns); |
3985 | entry_parm = convert_to_mode (nominal_mode, tempreg, | |
a53e14c0 | 3986 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (parm))); |
3412b298 | 3987 | conversion_insns = get_insns (); |
621061f4 | 3988 | did_conversion = 1; |
3412b298 | 3989 | end_sequence (); |
86f8eff3 | 3990 | } |
6f086dfc RS |
3991 | |
3992 | if (entry_parm != stack_parm) | |
3993 | { | |
3994 | if (stack_parm == 0) | |
7e41ffa2 RS |
3995 | { |
3996 | stack_parm | |
3997 | = assign_stack_local (GET_MODE (entry_parm), | |
3998 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (entry_parm)), 0); | |
3999 | /* If this is a memory ref that contains aggregate components, | |
4000 | mark it as such for cse and loop optimize. */ | |
4001 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (stack_parm) = aggregate; | |
4002 | } | |
4003 | ||
621061f4 | 4004 | if (promoted_mode != nominal_mode) |
3412b298 JW |
4005 | { |
4006 | push_to_sequence (conversion_insns); | |
4007 | emit_move_insn (validize_mem (stack_parm), | |
4008 | validize_mem (entry_parm)); | |
4009 | conversion_insns = get_insns (); | |
4010 | end_sequence (); | |
4011 | } | |
4012 | else | |
4013 | emit_move_insn (validize_mem (stack_parm), | |
4014 | validize_mem (entry_parm)); | |
6f086dfc RS |
4015 | } |
4016 | ||
4017 | DECL_RTL (parm) = stack_parm; | |
4018 | } | |
4019 | ||
4020 | /* If this "parameter" was the place where we are receiving the | |
4021 | function's incoming structure pointer, set up the result. */ | |
4022 | if (parm == function_result_decl) | |
ccdecf58 RK |
4023 | { |
4024 | tree result = DECL_RESULT (fndecl); | |
4025 | tree restype = TREE_TYPE (result); | |
4026 | ||
4027 | DECL_RTL (result) | |
4028 | = gen_rtx (MEM, DECL_MODE (result), DECL_RTL (parm)); | |
4029 | ||
05e3bdb9 | 4030 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (DECL_RTL (result)) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (restype); |
ccdecf58 | 4031 | } |
6f086dfc RS |
4032 | |
4033 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (parm)) | |
4034 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (DECL_RTL (parm)) = 1; | |
4035 | if (TREE_READONLY (parm)) | |
4036 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (DECL_RTL (parm)) = 1; | |
4037 | } | |
4038 | ||
3412b298 JW |
4039 | /* Output all parameter conversion instructions (possibly including calls) |
4040 | now that all parameters have been copied out of hard registers. */ | |
4041 | emit_insns (conversion_insns); | |
4042 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4043 | max_parm_reg = max_reg_num (); |
4044 | last_parm_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
4045 | ||
4046 | current_function_args_size = stack_args_size.constant; | |
4047 | ||
4048 | /* Adjust function incoming argument size for alignment and | |
4049 | minimum length. */ | |
4050 | ||
4051 | #ifdef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
6f90e075 | 4052 | #ifndef MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE |
6f086dfc RS |
4053 | current_function_args_size = MAX (current_function_args_size, |
4054 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fndecl)); | |
4055 | #endif | |
6f90e075 | 4056 | #endif |
6f086dfc RS |
4057 | |
4058 | #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY | |
4059 | #define STACK_BYTES (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
4060 | ||
4061 | current_function_args_size | |
4062 | = ((current_function_args_size + STACK_BYTES - 1) | |
4063 | / STACK_BYTES) * STACK_BYTES; | |
4064 | #endif | |
4065 | ||
4066 | #ifdef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD | |
4067 | current_function_arg_offset_rtx | |
5f4f0e22 | 4068 | = (stack_args_size.var == 0 ? GEN_INT (-stack_args_size.constant) |
6f086dfc RS |
4069 | : expand_expr (size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, stack_args_size.var, |
4070 | size_int (-stack_args_size.constant)), | |
5f4f0e22 | 4071 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0)); |
6f086dfc RS |
4072 | #else |
4073 | current_function_arg_offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (stack_args_size); | |
4074 | #endif | |
4075 | ||
4076 | /* See how many bytes, if any, of its args a function should try to pop | |
4077 | on return. */ | |
4078 | ||
64e6d9cc | 4079 | current_function_pops_args = RETURN_POPS_ARGS (fndecl, TREE_TYPE (fndecl), |
6f086dfc RS |
4080 | current_function_args_size); |
4081 | ||
3b69d50e RK |
4082 | /* For stdarg.h function, save info about |
4083 | regs and stack space used by the named args. */ | |
6f086dfc | 4084 | |
3b69d50e | 4085 | if (!hide_last_arg) |
6f086dfc RS |
4086 | current_function_args_info = args_so_far; |
4087 | ||
4088 | /* Set the rtx used for the function return value. Put this in its | |
4089 | own variable so any optimizers that need this information don't have | |
4090 | to include tree.h. Do this here so it gets done when an inlined | |
4091 | function gets output. */ | |
4092 | ||
4093 | current_function_return_rtx = DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (fndecl)); | |
4094 | } | |
4095 | \f | |
75dc3319 RK |
4096 | /* Indicate whether REGNO is an incoming argument to the current function |
4097 | that was promoted to a wider mode. If so, return the RTX for the | |
4098 | register (to get its mode). PMODE and PUNSIGNEDP are set to the mode | |
4099 | that REGNO is promoted from and whether the promotion was signed or | |
4100 | unsigned. */ | |
4101 | ||
4102 | #ifdef PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS | |
4103 | ||
4104 | rtx | |
4105 | promoted_input_arg (regno, pmode, punsignedp) | |
4106 | int regno; | |
4107 | enum machine_mode *pmode; | |
4108 | int *punsignedp; | |
4109 | { | |
4110 | tree arg; | |
4111 | ||
4112 | for (arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl); arg; | |
4113 | arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg)) | |
4114 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (arg)) == REG | |
621061f4 RK |
4115 | && REGNO (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (arg)) == regno |
4116 | && TYPE_MODE (DECL_ARG_TYPE (arg)) == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg))) | |
75dc3319 RK |
4117 | { |
4118 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg)); | |
4119 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (arg)); | |
4120 | ||
a5a52dbc | 4121 | mode = promote_mode (TREE_TYPE (arg), mode, &unsignedp, 1); |
75dc3319 RK |
4122 | if (mode == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (arg)) |
4123 | && mode != DECL_MODE (arg)) | |
4124 | { | |
4125 | *pmode = DECL_MODE (arg); | |
4126 | *punsignedp = unsignedp; | |
4127 | return DECL_INCOMING_RTL (arg); | |
4128 | } | |
4129 | } | |
4130 | ||
4131 | return 0; | |
4132 | } | |
4133 | ||
4134 | #endif | |
4135 | \f | |
6f086dfc RS |
4136 | /* Compute the size and offset from the start of the stacked arguments for a |
4137 | parm passed in mode PASSED_MODE and with type TYPE. | |
4138 | ||
4139 | INITIAL_OFFSET_PTR points to the current offset into the stacked | |
4140 | arguments. | |
4141 | ||
4142 | The starting offset and size for this parm are returned in *OFFSET_PTR | |
4143 | and *ARG_SIZE_PTR, respectively. | |
4144 | ||
4145 | IN_REGS is non-zero if the argument will be passed in registers. It will | |
4146 | never be set if REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is not defined. | |
4147 | ||
4148 | FNDECL is the function in which the argument was defined. | |
4149 | ||
4150 | There are two types of rounding that are done. The first, controlled by | |
4151 | FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY, forces the offset from the start of the argument | |
4152 | list to be aligned to the specific boundary (in bits). This rounding | |
4153 | affects the initial and starting offsets, but not the argument size. | |
4154 | ||
4155 | The second, controlled by FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING and PARM_BOUNDARY, | |
4156 | optionally rounds the size of the parm to PARM_BOUNDARY. The | |
4157 | initial offset is not affected by this rounding, while the size always | |
4158 | is and the starting offset may be. */ | |
4159 | ||
4160 | /* offset_ptr will be negative for ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD case; | |
4161 | initial_offset_ptr is positive because locate_and_pad_parm's | |
4162 | callers pass in the total size of args so far as | |
4163 | initial_offset_ptr. arg_size_ptr is always positive.*/ | |
4164 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4165 | void |
4166 | locate_and_pad_parm (passed_mode, type, in_regs, fndecl, | |
4167 | initial_offset_ptr, offset_ptr, arg_size_ptr) | |
4168 | enum machine_mode passed_mode; | |
4169 | tree type; | |
4170 | int in_regs; | |
4171 | tree fndecl; | |
4172 | struct args_size *initial_offset_ptr; | |
4173 | struct args_size *offset_ptr; | |
4174 | struct args_size *arg_size_ptr; | |
4175 | { | |
4176 | tree sizetree | |
4177 | = type ? size_in_bytes (type) : size_int (GET_MODE_SIZE (passed_mode)); | |
4178 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (passed_mode, type); | |
4179 | int boundary = FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY (passed_mode, type); | |
4180 | int boundary_in_bytes = boundary / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
4181 | int reg_parm_stack_space = 0; | |
4182 | ||
4183 | #ifdef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
4184 | /* If we have found a stack parm before we reach the end of the | |
4185 | area reserved for registers, skip that area. */ | |
4186 | if (! in_regs) | |
4187 | { | |
29008b51 JW |
4188 | #ifdef MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE |
4189 | reg_parm_stack_space = MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE; | |
4190 | #else | |
6f086dfc | 4191 | reg_parm_stack_space = REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fndecl); |
29008b51 | 4192 | #endif |
6f086dfc RS |
4193 | if (reg_parm_stack_space > 0) |
4194 | { | |
4195 | if (initial_offset_ptr->var) | |
4196 | { | |
4197 | initial_offset_ptr->var | |
4198 | = size_binop (MAX_EXPR, ARGS_SIZE_TREE (*initial_offset_ptr), | |
4199 | size_int (reg_parm_stack_space)); | |
4200 | initial_offset_ptr->constant = 0; | |
4201 | } | |
4202 | else if (initial_offset_ptr->constant < reg_parm_stack_space) | |
4203 | initial_offset_ptr->constant = reg_parm_stack_space; | |
4204 | } | |
4205 | } | |
4206 | #endif /* REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE */ | |
4207 | ||
4208 | arg_size_ptr->var = 0; | |
4209 | arg_size_ptr->constant = 0; | |
4210 | ||
4211 | #ifdef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD | |
4212 | if (initial_offset_ptr->var) | |
4213 | { | |
4214 | offset_ptr->constant = 0; | |
4215 | offset_ptr->var = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, integer_zero_node, | |
4216 | initial_offset_ptr->var); | |
4217 | } | |
4218 | else | |
4219 | { | |
4220 | offset_ptr->constant = - initial_offset_ptr->constant; | |
4221 | offset_ptr->var = 0; | |
4222 | } | |
0b21dcf5 | 4223 | if (where_pad != none |
6f086dfc RS |
4224 | && (TREE_CODE (sizetree) != INTEGER_CST |
4225 | || ((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (sizetree) * BITS_PER_UNIT) % PARM_BOUNDARY))) | |
4226 | sizetree = round_up (sizetree, PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4227 | SUB_PARM_SIZE (*offset_ptr, sizetree); | |
66bcbe19 TG |
4228 | if (where_pad != downward) |
4229 | pad_to_arg_alignment (offset_ptr, boundary); | |
6f086dfc RS |
4230 | if (initial_offset_ptr->var) |
4231 | { | |
4232 | arg_size_ptr->var = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, | |
4233 | size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, | |
4234 | integer_zero_node, | |
4235 | initial_offset_ptr->var), | |
4236 | offset_ptr->var); | |
4237 | } | |
4238 | else | |
4239 | { | |
4240 | arg_size_ptr->constant = (- initial_offset_ptr->constant - | |
4241 | offset_ptr->constant); | |
4242 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
4243 | #else /* !ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD */ |
4244 | pad_to_arg_alignment (initial_offset_ptr, boundary); | |
4245 | *offset_ptr = *initial_offset_ptr; | |
6f086dfc RS |
4246 | |
4247 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
4248 | if (passed_mode != BLKmode) | |
4249 | sizetree = size_int (PUSH_ROUNDING (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (sizetree))); | |
4250 | #endif | |
4251 | ||
d4b0a7a0 DE |
4252 | /* Pad_below needs the pre-rounded size to know how much to pad below |
4253 | so this must be done before rounding up. */ | |
ea5917da DE |
4254 | if (where_pad == downward |
4255 | /* However, BLKmode args passed in regs have their padding done elsewhere. | |
4256 | The stack slot must be able to hold the entire register. */ | |
4257 | && !(in_regs && passed_mode == BLKmode)) | |
d4b0a7a0 DE |
4258 | pad_below (offset_ptr, passed_mode, sizetree); |
4259 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4260 | if (where_pad != none |
4261 | && (TREE_CODE (sizetree) != INTEGER_CST | |
4262 | || ((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (sizetree) * BITS_PER_UNIT) % PARM_BOUNDARY))) | |
4263 | sizetree = round_up (sizetree, PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4264 | ||
4265 | ADD_PARM_SIZE (*arg_size_ptr, sizetree); | |
4266 | #endif /* ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD */ | |
4267 | } | |
4268 | ||
e16c591a RS |
4269 | /* Round the stack offset in *OFFSET_PTR up to a multiple of BOUNDARY. |
4270 | BOUNDARY is measured in bits, but must be a multiple of a storage unit. */ | |
4271 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4272 | static void |
4273 | pad_to_arg_alignment (offset_ptr, boundary) | |
4274 | struct args_size *offset_ptr; | |
4275 | int boundary; | |
4276 | { | |
4277 | int boundary_in_bytes = boundary / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
4278 | ||
4279 | if (boundary > BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
4280 | { | |
4281 | if (offset_ptr->var) | |
4282 | { | |
4283 | offset_ptr->var = | |
4284 | #ifdef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD | |
4285 | round_down | |
4286 | #else | |
4287 | round_up | |
4288 | #endif | |
4289 | (ARGS_SIZE_TREE (*offset_ptr), | |
4290 | boundary / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4291 | offset_ptr->constant = 0; /*?*/ | |
4292 | } | |
4293 | else | |
4294 | offset_ptr->constant = | |
4295 | #ifdef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD | |
4296 | FLOOR_ROUND (offset_ptr->constant, boundary_in_bytes); | |
4297 | #else | |
4298 | CEIL_ROUND (offset_ptr->constant, boundary_in_bytes); | |
4299 | #endif | |
4300 | } | |
4301 | } | |
4302 | ||
4303 | static void | |
4304 | pad_below (offset_ptr, passed_mode, sizetree) | |
4305 | struct args_size *offset_ptr; | |
4306 | enum machine_mode passed_mode; | |
4307 | tree sizetree; | |
4308 | { | |
4309 | if (passed_mode != BLKmode) | |
4310 | { | |
4311 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (passed_mode) % PARM_BOUNDARY) | |
4312 | offset_ptr->constant | |
4313 | += (((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (passed_mode) + PARM_BOUNDARY - 1) | |
4314 | / PARM_BOUNDARY * PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
4315 | - GET_MODE_SIZE (passed_mode)); | |
4316 | } | |
4317 | else | |
4318 | { | |
4319 | if (TREE_CODE (sizetree) != INTEGER_CST | |
4320 | || (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (sizetree) * BITS_PER_UNIT) % PARM_BOUNDARY) | |
4321 | { | |
4322 | /* Round the size up to multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY bits. */ | |
4323 | tree s2 = round_up (sizetree, PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4324 | /* Add it in. */ | |
4325 | ADD_PARM_SIZE (*offset_ptr, s2); | |
4326 | SUB_PARM_SIZE (*offset_ptr, sizetree); | |
4327 | } | |
4328 | } | |
4329 | } | |
4330 | ||
4331 | static tree | |
4332 | round_down (value, divisor) | |
4333 | tree value; | |
4334 | int divisor; | |
4335 | { | |
4336 | return size_binop (MULT_EXPR, | |
4337 | size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, value, size_int (divisor)), | |
4338 | size_int (divisor)); | |
4339 | } | |
4340 | \f | |
4341 | /* Walk the tree of blocks describing the binding levels within a function | |
4342 | and warn about uninitialized variables. | |
4343 | This is done after calling flow_analysis and before global_alloc | |
4344 | clobbers the pseudo-regs to hard regs. */ | |
4345 | ||
4346 | void | |
4347 | uninitialized_vars_warning (block) | |
4348 | tree block; | |
4349 | { | |
4350 | register tree decl, sub; | |
4351 | for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) | |
4352 | { | |
4353 | if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL | |
4354 | /* These warnings are unreliable for and aggregates | |
4355 | because assigning the fields one by one can fail to convince | |
4356 | flow.c that the entire aggregate was initialized. | |
4357 | Unions are troublesome because members may be shorter. */ | |
05e3bdb9 | 4358 | && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (decl)) |
6f086dfc RS |
4359 | && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0 |
4360 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG | |
4361 | && regno_uninitialized (REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)))) | |
4362 | warning_with_decl (decl, | |
3c8cd8bd | 4363 | "`%s' might be used uninitialized in this function"); |
6f086dfc RS |
4364 | if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL |
4365 | && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0 | |
4366 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG | |
4367 | && regno_clobbered_at_setjmp (REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)))) | |
4368 | warning_with_decl (decl, | |
3c8cd8bd | 4369 | "variable `%s' might be clobbered by `longjmp' or `vfork'"); |
6f086dfc RS |
4370 | } |
4371 | for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); sub; sub = TREE_CHAIN (sub)) | |
4372 | uninitialized_vars_warning (sub); | |
4373 | } | |
4374 | ||
4375 | /* Do the appropriate part of uninitialized_vars_warning | |
4376 | but for arguments instead of local variables. */ | |
4377 | ||
4378 | void | |
0cd6ef35 | 4379 | setjmp_args_warning () |
6f086dfc RS |
4380 | { |
4381 | register tree decl; | |
4382 | for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl); | |
4383 | decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) | |
4384 | if (DECL_RTL (decl) != 0 | |
4385 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG | |
4386 | && regno_clobbered_at_setjmp (REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)))) | |
3c8cd8bd | 4387 | warning_with_decl (decl, "argument `%s' might be clobbered by `longjmp' or `vfork'"); |
6f086dfc RS |
4388 | } |
4389 | ||
4390 | /* If this function call setjmp, put all vars into the stack | |
4391 | unless they were declared `register'. */ | |
4392 | ||
4393 | void | |
4394 | setjmp_protect (block) | |
4395 | tree block; | |
4396 | { | |
4397 | register tree decl, sub; | |
4398 | for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) | |
4399 | if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL | |
4400 | || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL) | |
4401 | && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0 | |
4402 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG | |
b335c2cc TW |
4403 | /* If this variable came from an inline function, it must be |
4404 | that it's life doesn't overlap the setjmp. If there was a | |
4405 | setjmp in the function, it would already be in memory. We | |
4406 | must exclude such variable because their DECL_RTL might be | |
4407 | set to strange things such as virtual_stack_vars_rtx. */ | |
4408 | && ! DECL_FROM_INLINE (decl) | |
6f086dfc RS |
4409 | && ( |
4410 | #ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP | |
4411 | /* If longjmp doesn't restore the registers, | |
4412 | don't put anything in them. */ | |
4413 | NON_SAVING_SETJMP | |
4414 | || | |
4415 | #endif | |
a82ad570 | 4416 | ! DECL_REGISTER (decl))) |
6f086dfc RS |
4417 | put_var_into_stack (decl); |
4418 | for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); sub; sub = TREE_CHAIN (sub)) | |
4419 | setjmp_protect (sub); | |
4420 | } | |
4421 | \f | |
4422 | /* Like the previous function, but for args instead of local variables. */ | |
4423 | ||
4424 | void | |
4425 | setjmp_protect_args () | |
4426 | { | |
4427 | register tree decl, sub; | |
4428 | for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl); | |
4429 | decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) | |
4430 | if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL | |
4431 | || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL) | |
4432 | && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0 | |
4433 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG | |
4434 | && ( | |
4435 | /* If longjmp doesn't restore the registers, | |
4436 | don't put anything in them. */ | |
4437 | #ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP | |
4438 | NON_SAVING_SETJMP | |
4439 | || | |
4440 | #endif | |
a82ad570 | 4441 | ! DECL_REGISTER (decl))) |
6f086dfc RS |
4442 | put_var_into_stack (decl); |
4443 | } | |
4444 | \f | |
4445 | /* Return the context-pointer register corresponding to DECL, | |
4446 | or 0 if it does not need one. */ | |
4447 | ||
4448 | rtx | |
4449 | lookup_static_chain (decl) | |
4450 | tree decl; | |
4451 | { | |
b001a02f PB |
4452 | tree context = decl_function_context (decl); |
4453 | tree link; | |
7ad8c4bf | 4454 | |
38ee6ed9 JM |
4455 | if (context == 0 |
4456 | || (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (decl))) | |
7ad8c4bf | 4457 | return 0; |
38ee6ed9 | 4458 | |
6f086dfc RS |
4459 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function |
4460 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
4461 | are being merged into the current function. | |
4462 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
4463 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
4464 | return virtual_stack_vars_rtx; | |
4465 | ||
4466 | for (link = context_display; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) | |
4467 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (link) == context) | |
4468 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link)); | |
4469 | ||
4470 | abort (); | |
4471 | } | |
4472 | \f | |
4473 | /* Convert a stack slot address ADDR for variable VAR | |
4474 | (from a containing function) | |
4475 | into an address valid in this function (using a static chain). */ | |
4476 | ||
4477 | rtx | |
4478 | fix_lexical_addr (addr, var) | |
4479 | rtx addr; | |
4480 | tree var; | |
4481 | { | |
4482 | rtx basereg; | |
4483 | int displacement; | |
4484 | tree context = decl_function_context (var); | |
4485 | struct function *fp; | |
4486 | rtx base = 0; | |
4487 | ||
4488 | /* If this is the present function, we need not do anything. */ | |
4489 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
4490 | return addr; | |
4491 | ||
4492 | for (fp = outer_function_chain; fp; fp = fp->next) | |
4493 | if (fp->decl == context) | |
4494 | break; | |
4495 | ||
4496 | if (fp == 0) | |
4497 | abort (); | |
4498 | ||
4499 | /* Decode given address as base reg plus displacement. */ | |
4500 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG) | |
4501 | basereg = addr, displacement = 0; | |
4502 | else if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
4503 | basereg = XEXP (addr, 0), displacement = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)); | |
4504 | else | |
4505 | abort (); | |
4506 | ||
4507 | /* We accept vars reached via the containing function's | |
4508 | incoming arg pointer and via its stack variables pointer. */ | |
4509 | if (basereg == fp->internal_arg_pointer) | |
4510 | { | |
4511 | /* If reached via arg pointer, get the arg pointer value | |
4512 | out of that function's stack frame. | |
4513 | ||
4514 | There are two cases: If a separate ap is needed, allocate a | |
4515 | slot in the outer function for it and dereference it that way. | |
4516 | This is correct even if the real ap is actually a pseudo. | |
4517 | Otherwise, just adjust the offset from the frame pointer to | |
4518 | compensate. */ | |
4519 | ||
4520 | #ifdef NEED_SEPARATE_AP | |
4521 | rtx addr; | |
4522 | ||
4523 | if (fp->arg_pointer_save_area == 0) | |
4524 | fp->arg_pointer_save_area | |
4525 | = assign_outer_stack_local (Pmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode), 0, fp); | |
4526 | ||
4527 | addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (fp->arg_pointer_save_area, 0), var); | |
4528 | addr = memory_address (Pmode, addr); | |
4529 | ||
4530 | base = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, addr)); | |
4531 | #else | |
4532 | displacement += (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (context) - STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET); | |
86f8eff3 | 4533 | base = lookup_static_chain (var); |
6f086dfc RS |
4534 | #endif |
4535 | } | |
4536 | ||
4537 | else if (basereg == virtual_stack_vars_rtx) | |
4538 | { | |
4539 | /* This is the same code as lookup_static_chain, duplicated here to | |
4540 | avoid an extra call to decl_function_context. */ | |
4541 | tree link; | |
4542 | ||
4543 | for (link = context_display; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) | |
4544 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (link) == context) | |
4545 | { | |
4546 | base = RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link)); | |
4547 | break; | |
4548 | } | |
4549 | } | |
4550 | ||
4551 | if (base == 0) | |
4552 | abort (); | |
4553 | ||
4554 | /* Use same offset, relative to appropriate static chain or argument | |
4555 | pointer. */ | |
4556 | return plus_constant (base, displacement); | |
4557 | } | |
4558 | \f | |
4559 | /* Return the address of the trampoline for entering nested fn FUNCTION. | |
4560 | If necessary, allocate a trampoline (in the stack frame) | |
4561 | and emit rtl to initialize its contents (at entry to this function). */ | |
4562 | ||
4563 | rtx | |
4564 | trampoline_address (function) | |
4565 | tree function; | |
4566 | { | |
4567 | tree link; | |
4568 | tree rtlexp; | |
4569 | rtx tramp; | |
4570 | struct function *fp; | |
4571 | tree fn_context; | |
4572 | ||
4573 | /* Find an existing trampoline and return it. */ | |
4574 | for (link = trampoline_list; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) | |
4575 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (link) == function) | |
e87ee2a9 RK |
4576 | return |
4577 | round_trampoline_addr (XEXP (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link)), 0)); | |
4578 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4579 | for (fp = outer_function_chain; fp; fp = fp->next) |
4580 | for (link = fp->trampoline_list; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) | |
4581 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (link) == function) | |
4582 | { | |
4583 | tramp = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link)), 0), | |
4584 | function); | |
4585 | return round_trampoline_addr (tramp); | |
4586 | } | |
4587 | ||
4588 | /* None exists; we must make one. */ | |
4589 | ||
4590 | /* Find the `struct function' for the function containing FUNCTION. */ | |
4591 | fp = 0; | |
4592 | fn_context = decl_function_context (function); | |
4593 | if (fn_context != current_function_decl) | |
4594 | for (fp = outer_function_chain; fp; fp = fp->next) | |
4595 | if (fp->decl == fn_context) | |
4596 | break; | |
4597 | ||
4598 | /* Allocate run-time space for this trampoline | |
4599 | (usually in the defining function's stack frame). */ | |
4600 | #ifdef ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE | |
4601 | tramp = ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE (fp); | |
4602 | #else | |
4603 | /* If rounding needed, allocate extra space | |
4604 | to ensure we have TRAMPOLINE_SIZE bytes left after rounding up. */ | |
4605 | #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT | |
b02ab63a RK |
4606 | #define TRAMPOLINE_REAL_SIZE \ |
4607 | (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE + (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1) | |
6f086dfc RS |
4608 | #else |
4609 | #define TRAMPOLINE_REAL_SIZE (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE) | |
4610 | #endif | |
4611 | if (fp != 0) | |
4612 | tramp = assign_outer_stack_local (BLKmode, TRAMPOLINE_REAL_SIZE, 0, fp); | |
4613 | else | |
4614 | tramp = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, TRAMPOLINE_REAL_SIZE, 0); | |
4615 | #endif | |
4616 | ||
4617 | /* Record the trampoline for reuse and note it for later initialization | |
4618 | by expand_function_end. */ | |
4619 | if (fp != 0) | |
4620 | { | |
28498644 RK |
4621 | push_obstacks (fp->function_maybepermanent_obstack, |
4622 | fp->function_maybepermanent_obstack); | |
6f086dfc RS |
4623 | rtlexp = make_node (RTL_EXPR); |
4624 | RTL_EXPR_RTL (rtlexp) = tramp; | |
4625 | fp->trampoline_list = tree_cons (function, rtlexp, fp->trampoline_list); | |
4626 | pop_obstacks (); | |
4627 | } | |
4628 | else | |
4629 | { | |
4630 | /* Make the RTL_EXPR node temporary, not momentary, so that the | |
4631 | trampoline_list doesn't become garbage. */ | |
4632 | int momentary = suspend_momentary (); | |
4633 | rtlexp = make_node (RTL_EXPR); | |
4634 | resume_momentary (momentary); | |
4635 | ||
4636 | RTL_EXPR_RTL (rtlexp) = tramp; | |
4637 | trampoline_list = tree_cons (function, rtlexp, trampoline_list); | |
4638 | } | |
4639 | ||
4640 | tramp = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (tramp, 0), function); | |
4641 | return round_trampoline_addr (tramp); | |
4642 | } | |
4643 | ||
4644 | /* Given a trampoline address, | |
4645 | round it to multiple of TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
4646 | ||
4647 | static rtx | |
4648 | round_trampoline_addr (tramp) | |
4649 | rtx tramp; | |
4650 | { | |
4651 | #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT | |
4652 | /* Round address up to desired boundary. */ | |
4653 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
4654 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, tramp, | |
b02ab63a | 4655 | GEN_INT (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1), |
6f086dfc RS |
4656 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
4657 | tramp = expand_binop (Pmode, and_optab, temp, | |
b02ab63a | 4658 | GEN_INT (- TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
6f086dfc RS |
4659 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
4660 | #endif | |
4661 | return tramp; | |
4662 | } | |
4663 | \f | |
467456d0 RS |
4664 | /* The functions identify_blocks and reorder_blocks provide a way to |
4665 | reorder the tree of BLOCK nodes, for optimizers that reshuffle or | |
4666 | duplicate portions of the RTL code. Call identify_blocks before | |
4667 | changing the RTL, and call reorder_blocks after. */ | |
4668 | ||
b2a59b15 MS |
4669 | /* Put all this function's BLOCK nodes including those that are chained |
4670 | onto the first block into a vector, and return it. | |
467456d0 RS |
4671 | Also store in each NOTE for the beginning or end of a block |
4672 | the index of that block in the vector. | |
b2a59b15 | 4673 | The arguments are BLOCK, the chain of top-level blocks of the function, |
467456d0 RS |
4674 | and INSNS, the insn chain of the function. */ |
4675 | ||
4676 | tree * | |
b2a59b15 MS |
4677 | identify_blocks (block, insns) |
4678 | tree block; | |
467456d0 RS |
4679 | rtx insns; |
4680 | { | |
fc289cd1 JW |
4681 | int n_blocks; |
4682 | tree *block_vector; | |
4683 | int *block_stack; | |
467456d0 | 4684 | int depth = 0; |
b2a59b15 MS |
4685 | int next_block_number = 1; |
4686 | int current_block_number = 1; | |
467456d0 RS |
4687 | rtx insn; |
4688 | ||
b2a59b15 | 4689 | if (block == 0) |
fc289cd1 JW |
4690 | return 0; |
4691 | ||
b2a59b15 | 4692 | n_blocks = all_blocks (block, 0); |
fc289cd1 JW |
4693 | block_vector = (tree *) xmalloc (n_blocks * sizeof (tree)); |
4694 | block_stack = (int *) alloca (n_blocks * sizeof (int)); | |
4695 | ||
b2a59b15 | 4696 | all_blocks (block, block_vector); |
467456d0 RS |
4697 | |
4698 | for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
4699 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE) | |
4700 | { | |
4701 | if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG) | |
4702 | { | |
4703 | block_stack[depth++] = current_block_number; | |
4704 | current_block_number = next_block_number; | |
1b2ac438 | 4705 | NOTE_BLOCK_NUMBER (insn) = next_block_number++; |
467456d0 RS |
4706 | } |
4707 | if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_END) | |
4708 | { | |
4709 | current_block_number = block_stack[--depth]; | |
1b2ac438 | 4710 | NOTE_BLOCK_NUMBER (insn) = current_block_number; |
467456d0 RS |
4711 | } |
4712 | } | |
4713 | ||
b2a59b15 MS |
4714 | if (n_blocks != next_block_number) |
4715 | abort (); | |
4716 | ||
467456d0 RS |
4717 | return block_vector; |
4718 | } | |
4719 | ||
4720 | /* Given BLOCK_VECTOR which was returned by identify_blocks, | |
4721 | and a revised instruction chain, rebuild the tree structure | |
4722 | of BLOCK nodes to correspond to the new order of RTL. | |
fc289cd1 | 4723 | The new block tree is inserted below TOP_BLOCK. |
467456d0 RS |
4724 | Returns the current top-level block. */ |
4725 | ||
4726 | tree | |
b2a59b15 | 4727 | reorder_blocks (block_vector, block, insns) |
467456d0 | 4728 | tree *block_vector; |
b2a59b15 | 4729 | tree block; |
467456d0 RS |
4730 | rtx insns; |
4731 | { | |
b2a59b15 | 4732 | tree current_block = block; |
467456d0 RS |
4733 | rtx insn; |
4734 | ||
fc289cd1 | 4735 | if (block_vector == 0) |
b2a59b15 | 4736 | return block; |
fc289cd1 | 4737 | |
b2a59b15 | 4738 | /* Prune the old trees away, so that it doesn't get in the way. */ |
fc289cd1 | 4739 | BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block) = 0; |
b2a59b15 | 4740 | BLOCK_CHAIN (current_block) = 0; |
fc289cd1 | 4741 | |
467456d0 RS |
4742 | for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) |
4743 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE) | |
4744 | { | |
4745 | if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG) | |
4746 | { | |
4747 | tree block = block_vector[NOTE_BLOCK_NUMBER (insn)]; | |
4748 | /* If we have seen this block before, copy it. */ | |
4749 | if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (block)) | |
4750 | block = copy_node (block); | |
fc289cd1 | 4751 | BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block) = 0; |
467456d0 RS |
4752 | TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (block) = 1; |
4753 | BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block) = current_block; | |
4754 | BLOCK_CHAIN (block) = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block); | |
4755 | BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block) = block; | |
4756 | current_block = block; | |
1b2ac438 | 4757 | NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0; |
467456d0 RS |
4758 | } |
4759 | if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_END) | |
4760 | { | |
4761 | BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block) | |
4762 | = blocks_nreverse (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block)); | |
4763 | current_block = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (current_block); | |
1b2ac438 | 4764 | NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0; |
467456d0 RS |
4765 | } |
4766 | } | |
4767 | ||
b2a59b15 MS |
4768 | BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block) |
4769 | = blocks_nreverse (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block)); | |
467456d0 RS |
4770 | return current_block; |
4771 | } | |
4772 | ||
4773 | /* Reverse the order of elements in the chain T of blocks, | |
4774 | and return the new head of the chain (old last element). */ | |
4775 | ||
4776 | static tree | |
4777 | blocks_nreverse (t) | |
4778 | tree t; | |
4779 | { | |
4780 | register tree prev = 0, decl, next; | |
4781 | for (decl = t; decl; decl = next) | |
4782 | { | |
4783 | next = BLOCK_CHAIN (decl); | |
4784 | BLOCK_CHAIN (decl) = prev; | |
4785 | prev = decl; | |
4786 | } | |
4787 | return prev; | |
4788 | } | |
4789 | ||
b2a59b15 MS |
4790 | /* Count the subblocks of the list starting with BLOCK, and list them |
4791 | all into the vector VECTOR. Also clear TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in all | |
4792 | blocks. */ | |
467456d0 RS |
4793 | |
4794 | static int | |
4795 | all_blocks (block, vector) | |
4796 | tree block; | |
4797 | tree *vector; | |
4798 | { | |
b2a59b15 MS |
4799 | int n_blocks = 0; |
4800 | ||
4801 | while (block) | |
4802 | { | |
4803 | TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (block) = 0; | |
4804 | ||
4805 | /* Record this block. */ | |
4806 | if (vector) | |
4807 | vector[n_blocks] = block; | |
4808 | ||
4809 | ++n_blocks; | |
4810 | ||
4811 | /* Record the subblocks, and their subblocks... */ | |
4812 | n_blocks += all_blocks (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block), | |
4813 | vector ? vector + n_blocks : 0); | |
4814 | block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block); | |
4815 | } | |
467456d0 RS |
4816 | |
4817 | return n_blocks; | |
4818 | } | |
4819 | \f | |
0f41302f | 4820 | /* Build bytecode call descriptor for function SUBR. */ |
e15679f8 | 4821 | |
c20bf1f3 JB |
4822 | rtx |
4823 | bc_build_calldesc (subr) | |
4824 | tree subr; | |
4825 | { | |
4826 | tree calldesc = 0, arg; | |
4827 | int nargs = 0; | |
4828 | ||
4829 | /* Build the argument description vector in reverse order. */ | |
4830 | DECL_ARGUMENTS (subr) = nreverse (DECL_ARGUMENTS (subr)); | |
4831 | nargs = 0; | |
4832 | ||
4833 | for (arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (subr); arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg)) | |
4834 | { | |
4835 | ++nargs; | |
4836 | ||
4837 | calldesc = tree_cons ((tree) 0, size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (arg)), calldesc); | |
4838 | calldesc = tree_cons ((tree) 0, bc_runtime_type_code (TREE_TYPE (arg)), calldesc); | |
4839 | } | |
4840 | ||
4841 | DECL_ARGUMENTS (subr) = nreverse (DECL_ARGUMENTS (subr)); | |
4842 | ||
4843 | /* Prepend the function's return type. */ | |
4844 | calldesc = tree_cons ((tree) 0, | |
4845 | size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (subr))), | |
4846 | calldesc); | |
4847 | ||
4848 | calldesc = tree_cons ((tree) 0, | |
4849 | bc_runtime_type_code (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (subr))), | |
4850 | calldesc); | |
4851 | ||
4852 | /* Prepend the arg count. */ | |
4853 | calldesc = tree_cons ((tree) 0, build_int_2 (nargs, 0), calldesc); | |
4854 | ||
4855 | /* Output the call description vector and get its address. */ | |
4856 | calldesc = build_nt (CONSTRUCTOR, (tree) 0, calldesc); | |
4857 | TREE_TYPE (calldesc) = build_array_type (integer_type_node, | |
4858 | build_index_type (build_int_2 (nargs * 2, 0))); | |
4859 | ||
4860 | return output_constant_def (calldesc); | |
4861 | } | |
4862 | ||
4863 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4864 | /* Generate RTL for the start of the function SUBR (a FUNCTION_DECL tree node) |
4865 | and initialize static variables for generating RTL for the statements | |
4866 | of the function. */ | |
4867 | ||
4868 | void | |
4869 | init_function_start (subr, filename, line) | |
4870 | tree subr; | |
4871 | char *filename; | |
4872 | int line; | |
4873 | { | |
4874 | char *junk; | |
4875 | ||
c20bf1f3 JB |
4876 | if (output_bytecode) |
4877 | { | |
4878 | this_function_decl = subr; | |
4879 | this_function_calldesc = bc_build_calldesc (subr); | |
4880 | local_vars_size = 0; | |
4881 | stack_depth = 0; | |
4882 | max_stack_depth = 0; | |
4883 | stmt_expr_depth = 0; | |
4884 | return; | |
4885 | } | |
4886 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4887 | init_stmt_for_function (); |
4888 | ||
4889 | cse_not_expected = ! optimize; | |
4890 | ||
4891 | /* Caller save not needed yet. */ | |
4892 | caller_save_needed = 0; | |
4893 | ||
4894 | /* No stack slots have been made yet. */ | |
4895 | stack_slot_list = 0; | |
4896 | ||
4897 | /* There is no stack slot for handling nonlocal gotos. */ | |
4898 | nonlocal_goto_handler_slot = 0; | |
4899 | nonlocal_goto_stack_level = 0; | |
4900 | ||
4901 | /* No labels have been declared for nonlocal use. */ | |
4902 | nonlocal_labels = 0; | |
4903 | ||
4904 | /* No function calls so far in this function. */ | |
4905 | function_call_count = 0; | |
4906 | ||
4907 | /* No parm regs have been allocated. | |
4908 | (This is important for output_inline_function.) */ | |
4909 | max_parm_reg = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1; | |
4910 | ||
4911 | /* Initialize the RTL mechanism. */ | |
4912 | init_emit (); | |
4913 | ||
4914 | /* Initialize the queue of pending postincrement and postdecrements, | |
4915 | and some other info in expr.c. */ | |
4916 | init_expr (); | |
4917 | ||
4918 | /* We haven't done register allocation yet. */ | |
4919 | reg_renumber = 0; | |
4920 | ||
4921 | init_const_rtx_hash_table (); | |
4922 | ||
4923 | current_function_name = (*decl_printable_name) (subr, &junk); | |
4924 | ||
4925 | /* Nonzero if this is a nested function that uses a static chain. */ | |
4926 | ||
4927 | current_function_needs_context | |
38ee6ed9 JM |
4928 | = (decl_function_context (current_function_decl) != 0 |
4929 | && ! DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (current_function_decl)); | |
6f086dfc RS |
4930 | |
4931 | /* Set if a call to setjmp is seen. */ | |
4932 | current_function_calls_setjmp = 0; | |
4933 | ||
4934 | /* Set if a call to longjmp is seen. */ | |
4935 | current_function_calls_longjmp = 0; | |
4936 | ||
4937 | current_function_calls_alloca = 0; | |
4938 | current_function_has_nonlocal_label = 0; | |
8634413a | 4939 | current_function_has_nonlocal_goto = 0; |
6f086dfc RS |
4940 | current_function_contains_functions = 0; |
4941 | ||
4942 | current_function_returns_pcc_struct = 0; | |
4943 | current_function_returns_struct = 0; | |
4944 | current_function_epilogue_delay_list = 0; | |
4945 | current_function_uses_const_pool = 0; | |
4946 | current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 0; | |
4947 | ||
4948 | /* We have not yet needed to make a label to jump to for tail-recursion. */ | |
4949 | tail_recursion_label = 0; | |
4950 | ||
4951 | /* We haven't had a need to make a save area for ap yet. */ | |
4952 | ||
4953 | arg_pointer_save_area = 0; | |
4954 | ||
4955 | /* No stack slots allocated yet. */ | |
4956 | frame_offset = 0; | |
4957 | ||
4958 | /* No SAVE_EXPRs in this function yet. */ | |
4959 | save_expr_regs = 0; | |
4960 | ||
4961 | /* No RTL_EXPRs in this function yet. */ | |
4962 | rtl_expr_chain = 0; | |
4963 | ||
bc0ebdf9 RK |
4964 | /* Set up to allocate temporaries. */ |
4965 | init_temp_slots (); | |
6f086dfc RS |
4966 | |
4967 | /* Within function body, compute a type's size as soon it is laid out. */ | |
4968 | immediate_size_expand++; | |
4969 | ||
d9a98e1a RK |
4970 | /* We haven't made any trampolines for this function yet. */ |
4971 | trampoline_list = 0; | |
4972 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4973 | init_pending_stack_adjust (); |
4974 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
4975 | ||
4976 | current_function_outgoing_args_size = 0; | |
4977 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
4978 | /* Prevent ever trying to delete the first instruction of a function. |
4979 | Also tell final how to output a linenum before the function prologue. */ | |
4980 | emit_line_note (filename, line); | |
4981 | ||
4982 | /* Make sure first insn is a note even if we don't want linenums. | |
4983 | This makes sure the first insn will never be deleted. | |
4984 | Also, final expects a note to appear there. */ | |
5f4f0e22 | 4985 | emit_note (NULL_PTR, NOTE_INSN_DELETED); |
6f086dfc RS |
4986 | |
4987 | /* Set flags used by final.c. */ | |
4988 | if (aggregate_value_p (DECL_RESULT (subr))) | |
4989 | { | |
4990 | #ifdef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN | |
1b8297c1 | 4991 | current_function_returns_pcc_struct = 1; |
6f086dfc | 4992 | #endif |
1b8297c1 | 4993 | current_function_returns_struct = 1; |
6f086dfc RS |
4994 | } |
4995 | ||
4996 | /* Warn if this value is an aggregate type, | |
4997 | regardless of which calling convention we are using for it. */ | |
4998 | if (warn_aggregate_return | |
05e3bdb9 | 4999 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr)))) |
6f086dfc RS |
5000 | warning ("function returns an aggregate"); |
5001 | ||
5002 | current_function_returns_pointer | |
8eda074c | 5003 | = POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr))); |
6f086dfc RS |
5004 | |
5005 | /* Indicate that we need to distinguish between the return value of the | |
5006 | present function and the return value of a function being called. */ | |
5007 | rtx_equal_function_value_matters = 1; | |
5008 | ||
5009 | /* Indicate that we have not instantiated virtual registers yet. */ | |
5010 | virtuals_instantiated = 0; | |
5011 | ||
5012 | /* Indicate we have no need of a frame pointer yet. */ | |
5013 | frame_pointer_needed = 0; | |
5014 | ||
ebb904cb | 5015 | /* By default assume not varargs or stdarg. */ |
6f086dfc | 5016 | current_function_varargs = 0; |
ebb904cb | 5017 | current_function_stdarg = 0; |
6f086dfc RS |
5018 | } |
5019 | ||
5020 | /* Indicate that the current function uses extra args | |
5021 | not explicitly mentioned in the argument list in any fashion. */ | |
5022 | ||
5023 | void | |
5024 | mark_varargs () | |
5025 | { | |
5026 | current_function_varargs = 1; | |
5027 | } | |
5028 | ||
5029 | /* Expand a call to __main at the beginning of a possible main function. */ | |
5030 | ||
e2fd1d94 JM |
5031 | #if defined(INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP) && !defined(INVOKE__main) |
5032 | #undef HAS_INIT_SECTION | |
5033 | #define HAS_INIT_SECTION | |
5034 | #endif | |
5035 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
5036 | void |
5037 | expand_main_function () | |
5038 | { | |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5039 | if (!output_bytecode) |
5040 | { | |
5041 | /* The zero below avoids a possible parse error */ | |
5042 | 0; | |
e2fd1d94 | 5043 | #if !defined (HAS_INIT_SECTION) |
ae0d8288 | 5044 | emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, NAME__MAIN), 0, |
c20bf1f3 | 5045 | VOIDmode, 0); |
e2fd1d94 | 5046 | #endif /* not HAS_INIT_SECTION */ |
c20bf1f3 | 5047 | } |
6f086dfc RS |
5048 | } |
5049 | \f | |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5050 | extern struct obstack permanent_obstack; |
5051 | ||
5052 | /* Expand start of bytecode function. See comment at | |
0f41302f | 5053 | expand_function_start below for details. */ |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5054 | |
5055 | void | |
5056 | bc_expand_function_start (subr, parms_have_cleanups) | |
5057 | tree subr; | |
5058 | int parms_have_cleanups; | |
5059 | { | |
5060 | char label[20], *name; | |
5061 | static int nlab; | |
5062 | tree thisarg; | |
5063 | int argsz; | |
5064 | ||
5065 | if (TREE_PUBLIC (subr)) | |
5066 | bc_globalize_label (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (subr))); | |
5067 | ||
5068 | #ifdef DEBUG_PRINT_CODE | |
5069 | fprintf (stderr, "\n<func %s>\n", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (subr))); | |
5070 | #endif | |
5071 | ||
5072 | for (argsz = 0, thisarg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (subr); thisarg; thisarg = TREE_CHAIN (thisarg)) | |
5073 | { | |
5074 | if (DECL_RTL (thisarg)) | |
5075 | abort (); /* Should be NULL here I think. */ | |
5076 | else if (TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_SIZE (thisarg))) | |
5077 | { | |
5078 | DECL_RTL (thisarg) = bc_gen_rtx ((char *) 0, argsz, (struct bc_label *) 0); | |
5079 | argsz += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (thisarg)); | |
5080 | } | |
5081 | else | |
5082 | { | |
0f41302f | 5083 | /* Variable-sized objects are pointers to their storage. */ |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5084 | DECL_RTL (thisarg) = bc_gen_rtx ((char *) 0, argsz, (struct bc_label *) 0); |
5085 | argsz += POINTER_SIZE; | |
5086 | } | |
5087 | } | |
5088 | ||
f6127c6a | 5089 | bc_begin_function (xstrdup (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (subr)))); |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5090 | |
5091 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LX", nlab); | |
5092 | ||
5093 | ++nlab; | |
5094 | name = (char *) obstack_copy0 (&permanent_obstack, label, strlen (label)); | |
5095 | this_function_callinfo = bc_gen_rtx (name, 0, (struct bc_label *) 0); | |
e7a42772 JB |
5096 | this_function_bytecode = |
5097 | bc_emit_trampoline (BYTECODE_LABEL (this_function_callinfo)); | |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5098 | } |
5099 | ||
5100 | ||
5101 | /* Expand end of bytecode function. See details the comment of | |
0f41302f | 5102 | expand_function_end(), below. */ |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5103 | |
5104 | void | |
5105 | bc_expand_function_end () | |
5106 | { | |
5107 | char *ptrconsts; | |
5108 | ||
5109 | expand_null_return (); | |
5110 | ||
5111 | /* Emit any fixup code. This must be done before the call to | |
5112 | to BC_END_FUNCTION (), since that will cause the bytecode | |
0f41302f | 5113 | segment to be finished off and closed. */ |
c20bf1f3 | 5114 | |
e15679f8 | 5115 | expand_fixups (NULL_RTX); |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5116 | |
5117 | ptrconsts = bc_end_function (); | |
5118 | ||
5119 | bc_align_const (2 /* INT_ALIGN */); | |
5120 | ||
5121 | /* If this changes also make sure to change bc-interp.h! */ | |
5122 | ||
e7a42772 | 5123 | bc_emit_const_labeldef (BYTECODE_LABEL (this_function_callinfo)); |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5124 | bc_emit_const ((char *) &max_stack_depth, sizeof max_stack_depth); |
5125 | bc_emit_const ((char *) &local_vars_size, sizeof local_vars_size); | |
5126 | bc_emit_const_labelref (this_function_bytecode, 0); | |
5127 | bc_emit_const_labelref (ptrconsts, 0); | |
e7a42772 | 5128 | bc_emit_const_labelref (BYTECODE_LABEL (this_function_calldesc), 0); |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5129 | } |
5130 | ||
5131 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
5132 | /* Start the RTL for a new function, and set variables used for |
5133 | emitting RTL. | |
5134 | SUBR is the FUNCTION_DECL node. | |
5135 | PARMS_HAVE_CLEANUPS is nonzero if there are cleanups associated with | |
5136 | the function's parameters, which must be run at any return statement. */ | |
5137 | ||
5138 | void | |
5139 | expand_function_start (subr, parms_have_cleanups) | |
5140 | tree subr; | |
5141 | int parms_have_cleanups; | |
5142 | { | |
5143 | register int i; | |
5144 | tree tem; | |
5145 | rtx last_ptr; | |
5146 | ||
c20bf1f3 JB |
5147 | if (output_bytecode) |
5148 | { | |
5149 | bc_expand_function_start (subr, parms_have_cleanups); | |
5150 | return; | |
5151 | } | |
5152 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
5153 | /* Make sure volatile mem refs aren't considered |
5154 | valid operands of arithmetic insns. */ | |
5155 | init_recog_no_volatile (); | |
5156 | ||
5157 | /* If function gets a static chain arg, store it in the stack frame. | |
5158 | Do this first, so it gets the first stack slot offset. */ | |
5159 | if (current_function_needs_context) | |
3e2481e9 JW |
5160 | { |
5161 | last_ptr = assign_stack_local (Pmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode), 0); | |
f0c51a1e RK |
5162 | |
5163 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES | |
5164 | /* Delay copying static chain if it is not a register to avoid | |
5165 | conflicts with regs used for parameters. */ | |
5166 | if (GET_CODE (static_chain_incoming_rtx) == REG) | |
5167 | #endif | |
5168 | emit_move_insn (last_ptr, static_chain_incoming_rtx); | |
3e2481e9 | 5169 | } |
6f086dfc RS |
5170 | |
5171 | /* If the parameters of this function need cleaning up, get a label | |
5172 | for the beginning of the code which executes those cleanups. This must | |
5173 | be done before doing anything with return_label. */ | |
5174 | if (parms_have_cleanups) | |
5175 | cleanup_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5176 | else | |
5177 | cleanup_label = 0; | |
5178 | ||
5179 | /* Make the label for return statements to jump to, if this machine | |
5180 | does not have a one-instruction return and uses an epilogue, | |
5181 | or if it returns a structure, or if it has parm cleanups. */ | |
5182 | #ifdef HAVE_return | |
5183 | if (cleanup_label == 0 && HAVE_return | |
5184 | && ! current_function_returns_pcc_struct | |
5185 | && ! (current_function_returns_struct && ! optimize)) | |
5186 | return_label = 0; | |
5187 | else | |
5188 | return_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5189 | #else | |
5190 | return_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5191 | #endif | |
5192 | ||
5193 | /* Initialize rtx used to return the value. */ | |
5194 | /* Do this before assign_parms so that we copy the struct value address | |
5195 | before any library calls that assign parms might generate. */ | |
5196 | ||
5197 | /* Decide whether to return the value in memory or in a register. */ | |
5198 | if (aggregate_value_p (DECL_RESULT (subr))) | |
5199 | { | |
5200 | /* Returning something that won't go in a register. */ | |
4acc00bf | 5201 | register rtx value_address = 0; |
6f086dfc RS |
5202 | |
5203 | #ifdef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN | |
5204 | if (current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
5205 | { | |
5206 | int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr))); | |
5207 | value_address = assemble_static_space (size); | |
5208 | } | |
5209 | else | |
5210 | #endif | |
5211 | { | |
5212 | /* Expect to be passed the address of a place to store the value. | |
5213 | If it is passed as an argument, assign_parms will take care of | |
5214 | it. */ | |
5215 | if (struct_value_incoming_rtx) | |
5216 | { | |
5217 | value_address = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
5218 | emit_move_insn (value_address, struct_value_incoming_rtx); | |
5219 | } | |
5220 | } | |
5221 | if (value_address) | |
ccdecf58 RK |
5222 | { |
5223 | DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr)) | |
5224 | = gen_rtx (MEM, DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (subr)), value_address); | |
5225 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr))) | |
05e3bdb9 | 5226 | = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr))); |
ccdecf58 | 5227 | } |
6f086dfc RS |
5228 | } |
5229 | else if (DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (subr)) == VOIDmode) | |
5230 | /* If return mode is void, this decl rtl should not be used. */ | |
5231 | DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr)) = 0; | |
5232 | else if (parms_have_cleanups) | |
a53e14c0 RK |
5233 | { |
5234 | /* If function will end with cleanup code for parms, | |
5235 | compute the return values into a pseudo reg, | |
5236 | which we will copy into the true return register | |
5237 | after the cleanups are done. */ | |
5238 | ||
5239 | enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (subr)); | |
a5a52dbc | 5240 | |
a53e14c0 RK |
5241 | #ifdef PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN |
5242 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr)); | |
5243 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
5244 | ||
a5a52dbc | 5245 | mode = promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 1); |
a53e14c0 RK |
5246 | #endif |
5247 | ||
5248 | DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr)) = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
5249 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
5250 | else |
5251 | /* Scalar, returned in a register. */ | |
5252 | { | |
5253 | #ifdef FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE | |
5254 | DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr)) | |
5255 | = FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr)), subr); | |
5256 | #else | |
5257 | DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr)) | |
5258 | = FUNCTION_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr)), subr); | |
5259 | #endif | |
5260 | ||
5261 | /* Mark this reg as the function's return value. */ | |
5262 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr))) == REG) | |
5263 | { | |
5264 | REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr))) = 1; | |
5265 | /* Needed because we may need to move this to memory | |
5266 | in case it's a named return value whose address is taken. */ | |
a82ad570 | 5267 | DECL_REGISTER (DECL_RESULT (subr)) = 1; |
6f086dfc RS |
5268 | } |
5269 | } | |
5270 | ||
5271 | /* Initialize rtx for parameters and local variables. | |
5272 | In some cases this requires emitting insns. */ | |
5273 | ||
5274 | assign_parms (subr, 0); | |
5275 | ||
f0c51a1e RK |
5276 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES |
5277 | /* Copy the static chain now if it wasn't a register. The delay is to | |
5278 | avoid conflicts with the parameter passing registers. */ | |
5279 | ||
5280 | if (current_function_needs_context) | |
5281 | if (GET_CODE (static_chain_incoming_rtx) != REG) | |
5282 | emit_move_insn (last_ptr, static_chain_incoming_rtx); | |
5283 | #endif | |
5284 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
5285 | /* The following was moved from init_function_start. |
5286 | The move is supposed to make sdb output more accurate. */ | |
5287 | /* Indicate the beginning of the function body, | |
5288 | as opposed to parm setup. */ | |
5f4f0e22 | 5289 | emit_note (NULL_PTR, NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG); |
6f086dfc RS |
5290 | |
5291 | /* If doing stupid allocation, mark parms as born here. */ | |
5292 | ||
5293 | if (GET_CODE (get_last_insn ()) != NOTE) | |
5f4f0e22 | 5294 | emit_note (NULL_PTR, NOTE_INSN_DELETED); |
6f086dfc RS |
5295 | parm_birth_insn = get_last_insn (); |
5296 | ||
5297 | if (obey_regdecls) | |
5298 | { | |
5299 | for (i = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1; i < max_parm_reg; i++) | |
5300 | use_variable (regno_reg_rtx[i]); | |
5301 | ||
5302 | if (current_function_internal_arg_pointer != virtual_incoming_args_rtx) | |
5303 | use_variable (current_function_internal_arg_pointer); | |
5304 | } | |
5305 | ||
6d7306f7 JM |
5306 | context_display = 0; |
5307 | if (current_function_needs_context) | |
ac9e20f0 | 5308 | { |
6d7306f7 JM |
5309 | /* Fetch static chain values for containing functions. */ |
5310 | tem = decl_function_context (current_function_decl); | |
5311 | /* If not doing stupid register allocation copy the static chain | |
5312 | pointer into a pseudo. If we have small register classes, copy | |
5313 | the value from memory if static_chain_incoming_rtx is a REG. If | |
5314 | we do stupid register allocation, we use the stack address | |
5315 | generated above. */ | |
5316 | if (tem && ! obey_regdecls) | |
5317 | { | |
ac9e20f0 | 5318 | #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES |
6d7306f7 JM |
5319 | /* If the static chain originally came in a register, put it back |
5320 | there, then move it out in the next insn. The reason for | |
5321 | this peculiar code is to satisfy function integration. */ | |
5322 | if (GET_CODE (static_chain_incoming_rtx) == REG) | |
5323 | emit_move_insn (static_chain_incoming_rtx, last_ptr); | |
ac9e20f0 | 5324 | #endif |
426749e8 | 5325 | |
6d7306f7 JM |
5326 | last_ptr = copy_to_reg (static_chain_incoming_rtx); |
5327 | } | |
ac9e20f0 | 5328 | |
6d7306f7 JM |
5329 | while (tem) |
5330 | { | |
5331 | tree rtlexp = make_node (RTL_EXPR); | |
6f086dfc | 5332 | |
6d7306f7 JM |
5333 | RTL_EXPR_RTL (rtlexp) = last_ptr; |
5334 | context_display = tree_cons (tem, rtlexp, context_display); | |
5335 | tem = decl_function_context (tem); | |
5336 | if (tem == 0) | |
5337 | break; | |
5338 | /* Chain thru stack frames, assuming pointer to next lexical frame | |
5339 | is found at the place we always store it. */ | |
6f086dfc | 5340 | #ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
6d7306f7 | 5341 | last_ptr = plus_constant (last_ptr, - GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode)); |
6f086dfc | 5342 | #endif |
6d7306f7 JM |
5343 | last_ptr = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, |
5344 | memory_address (Pmode, last_ptr))); | |
5345 | ||
5346 | /* If we are not optimizing, ensure that we know that this | |
5347 | piece of context is live over the entire function. */ | |
5348 | if (! optimize) | |
5349 | save_expr_regs = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, last_ptr, | |
5350 | save_expr_regs); | |
5351 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
5352 | } |
5353 | ||
5354 | /* After the display initializations is where the tail-recursion label | |
5355 | should go, if we end up needing one. Ensure we have a NOTE here | |
5356 | since some things (like trampolines) get placed before this. */ | |
5f4f0e22 | 5357 | tail_recursion_reentry = emit_note (NULL_PTR, NOTE_INSN_DELETED); |
6f086dfc RS |
5358 | |
5359 | /* Evaluate now the sizes of any types declared among the arguments. */ | |
5360 | for (tem = nreverse (get_pending_sizes ()); tem; tem = TREE_CHAIN (tem)) | |
4752d3bc | 5361 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (tem), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
6f086dfc RS |
5362 | |
5363 | /* Make sure there is a line number after the function entry setup code. */ | |
5364 | force_next_line_note (); | |
5365 | } | |
5366 | \f | |
5367 | /* Generate RTL for the end of the current function. | |
980697fd | 5368 | FILENAME and LINE are the current position in the source file. |
6f086dfc | 5369 | |
980697fd | 5370 | It is up to language-specific callers to do cleanups for parameters-- |
1be07046 | 5371 | or else, supply 1 for END_BINDINGS and we will call expand_end_bindings. */ |
6f086dfc RS |
5372 | |
5373 | void | |
1be07046 | 5374 | expand_function_end (filename, line, end_bindings) |
6f086dfc RS |
5375 | char *filename; |
5376 | int line; | |
1be07046 | 5377 | int end_bindings; |
6f086dfc RS |
5378 | { |
5379 | register int i; | |
5380 | tree link; | |
5381 | ||
1e2414db | 5382 | #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE |
6f086dfc | 5383 | static rtx initial_trampoline; |
1e2414db | 5384 | #endif |
6f086dfc | 5385 | |
c20bf1f3 JB |
5386 | if (output_bytecode) |
5387 | { | |
5388 | bc_expand_function_end (); | |
5389 | return; | |
5390 | } | |
5391 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
5392 | #ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP |
5393 | /* Don't put any variables in registers if we call setjmp | |
5394 | on a machine that fails to restore the registers. */ | |
5395 | if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP && current_function_calls_setjmp) | |
5396 | { | |
b88a3142 RK |
5397 | if (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl) != error_mark_node) |
5398 | setjmp_protect (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl)); | |
5399 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
5400 | setjmp_protect_args (); |
5401 | } | |
5402 | #endif | |
5403 | ||
5404 | /* Save the argument pointer if a save area was made for it. */ | |
5405 | if (arg_pointer_save_area) | |
5406 | { | |
5407 | rtx x = gen_move_insn (arg_pointer_save_area, virtual_incoming_args_rtx); | |
5408 | emit_insn_before (x, tail_recursion_reentry); | |
5409 | } | |
5410 | ||
5411 | /* Initialize any trampolines required by this function. */ | |
5412 | for (link = trampoline_list; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) | |
5413 | { | |
5414 | tree function = TREE_PURPOSE (link); | |
5415 | rtx context = lookup_static_chain (function); | |
5416 | rtx tramp = RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link)); | |
1e2414db | 5417 | rtx blktramp; |
6f086dfc RS |
5418 | rtx seq; |
5419 | ||
1e2414db | 5420 | #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE |
6f086dfc RS |
5421 | /* First make sure this compilation has a template for |
5422 | initializing trampolines. */ | |
5423 | if (initial_trampoline == 0) | |
86f8eff3 RK |
5424 | { |
5425 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
5426 | initial_trampoline | |
5427 | = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, assemble_trampoline_template ()); | |
5428 | resume_temporary_allocation (); | |
5429 | } | |
1e2414db | 5430 | #endif |
6f086dfc RS |
5431 | |
5432 | /* Generate insns to initialize the trampoline. */ | |
5433 | start_sequence (); | |
1e2414db RK |
5434 | tramp = round_trampoline_addr (XEXP (tramp, 0)); |
5435 | #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE | |
5436 | blktramp = change_address (initial_trampoline, BLKmode, tramp); | |
5437 | emit_block_move (blktramp, initial_trampoline, | |
5438 | GEN_INT (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE), | |
6f086dfc | 5439 | FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
1e2414db RK |
5440 | #endif |
5441 | INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE (tramp, XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), context); | |
6f086dfc RS |
5442 | seq = get_insns (); |
5443 | end_sequence (); | |
5444 | ||
5445 | /* Put those insns at entry to the containing function (this one). */ | |
5446 | emit_insns_before (seq, tail_recursion_reentry); | |
5447 | } | |
6f086dfc | 5448 | |
db8717d9 RK |
5449 | /* Warn about unused parms if extra warnings were specified. */ |
5450 | if (warn_unused && extra_warnings) | |
6f086dfc | 5451 | { |
db8717d9 | 5452 | tree decl; |
6f086dfc RS |
5453 | |
5454 | for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl); | |
5455 | decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) | |
497dc802 JM |
5456 | if (! TREE_USED (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL |
5457 | && DECL_NAME (decl) && ! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) | |
6f086dfc RS |
5458 | warning_with_decl (decl, "unused parameter `%s'"); |
5459 | } | |
6f086dfc RS |
5460 | |
5461 | /* Delete handlers for nonlocal gotos if nothing uses them. */ | |
5462 | if (nonlocal_goto_handler_slot != 0 && !current_function_has_nonlocal_label) | |
5463 | delete_handlers (); | |
5464 | ||
5465 | /* End any sequences that failed to be closed due to syntax errors. */ | |
5466 | while (in_sequence_p ()) | |
5f4f0e22 | 5467 | end_sequence (); |
6f086dfc RS |
5468 | |
5469 | /* Outside function body, can't compute type's actual size | |
5470 | until next function's body starts. */ | |
5471 | immediate_size_expand--; | |
5472 | ||
5473 | /* If doing stupid register allocation, | |
5474 | mark register parms as dying here. */ | |
5475 | ||
5476 | if (obey_regdecls) | |
5477 | { | |
5478 | rtx tem; | |
5479 | for (i = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1; i < max_parm_reg; i++) | |
5480 | use_variable (regno_reg_rtx[i]); | |
5481 | ||
5482 | /* Likewise for the regs of all the SAVE_EXPRs in the function. */ | |
5483 | ||
5484 | for (tem = save_expr_regs; tem; tem = XEXP (tem, 1)) | |
5485 | { | |
5486 | use_variable (XEXP (tem, 0)); | |
5487 | use_variable_after (XEXP (tem, 0), parm_birth_insn); | |
5488 | } | |
5489 | ||
5490 | if (current_function_internal_arg_pointer != virtual_incoming_args_rtx) | |
5491 | use_variable (current_function_internal_arg_pointer); | |
5492 | } | |
5493 | ||
5494 | clear_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
5495 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
5496 | ||
5497 | /* Mark the end of the function body. | |
5498 | If control reaches this insn, the function can drop through | |
5499 | without returning a value. */ | |
5f4f0e22 | 5500 | emit_note (NULL_PTR, NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_END); |
6f086dfc RS |
5501 | |
5502 | /* Output a linenumber for the end of the function. | |
5503 | SDB depends on this. */ | |
5504 | emit_line_note_force (filename, line); | |
5505 | ||
5506 | /* Output the label for the actual return from the function, | |
5507 | if one is expected. This happens either because a function epilogue | |
5508 | is used instead of a return instruction, or because a return was done | |
5509 | with a goto in order to run local cleanups, or because of pcc-style | |
5510 | structure returning. */ | |
5511 | ||
5512 | if (return_label) | |
5513 | emit_label (return_label); | |
5514 | ||
1be07046 RS |
5515 | /* C++ uses this. */ |
5516 | if (end_bindings) | |
5517 | expand_end_bindings (0, 0, 0); | |
5518 | ||
6f086dfc RS |
5519 | /* If we had calls to alloca, and this machine needs |
5520 | an accurate stack pointer to exit the function, | |
5521 | insert some code to save and restore the stack pointer. */ | |
5522 | #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
5523 | if (! EXIT_IGNORE_STACK) | |
5524 | #endif | |
5525 | if (current_function_calls_alloca) | |
5526 | { | |
59257ff7 RK |
5527 | rtx tem = 0; |
5528 | ||
5529 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_FUNCTION, &tem, parm_birth_insn); | |
5f4f0e22 | 5530 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_FUNCTION, tem, NULL_RTX); |
6f086dfc RS |
5531 | } |
5532 | ||
5533 | /* If scalar return value was computed in a pseudo-reg, | |
5534 | copy that to the hard return register. */ | |
5535 | if (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)) != 0 | |
5536 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))) == REG | |
5537 | && (REGNO (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))) | |
5538 | >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
5539 | { | |
5540 | rtx real_decl_result; | |
5541 | ||
5542 | #ifdef FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE | |
5543 | real_decl_result | |
5544 | = FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), | |
5545 | current_function_decl); | |
5546 | #else | |
5547 | real_decl_result | |
5548 | = FUNCTION_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), | |
5549 | current_function_decl); | |
5550 | #endif | |
5551 | REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P (real_decl_result) = 1; | |
5552 | emit_move_insn (real_decl_result, | |
5553 | DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))); | |
5554 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, real_decl_result)); | |
5555 | } | |
5556 | ||
5557 | /* If returning a structure, arrange to return the address of the value | |
5558 | in a place where debuggers expect to find it. | |
5559 | ||
5560 | If returning a structure PCC style, | |
5561 | the caller also depends on this value. | |
5562 | And current_function_returns_pcc_struct is not necessarily set. */ | |
5563 | if (current_function_returns_struct | |
5564 | || current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
5565 | { | |
5566 | rtx value_address = XEXP (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), 0); | |
5567 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)); | |
5568 | #ifdef FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE | |
5569 | rtx outgoing | |
5570 | = FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE (build_pointer_type (type), | |
5571 | current_function_decl); | |
5572 | #else | |
5573 | rtx outgoing | |
5574 | = FUNCTION_VALUE (build_pointer_type (type), | |
5575 | current_function_decl); | |
5576 | #endif | |
5577 | ||
5578 | /* Mark this as a function return value so integrate will delete the | |
5579 | assignment and USE below when inlining this function. */ | |
5580 | REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P (outgoing) = 1; | |
5581 | ||
5582 | emit_move_insn (outgoing, value_address); | |
5583 | use_variable (outgoing); | |
5584 | } | |
5585 | ||
5586 | /* Output a return insn if we are using one. | |
5587 | Otherwise, let the rtl chain end here, to drop through | |
5588 | into the epilogue. */ | |
5589 | ||
5590 | #ifdef HAVE_return | |
5591 | if (HAVE_return) | |
5592 | { | |
5593 | emit_jump_insn (gen_return ()); | |
5594 | emit_barrier (); | |
5595 | } | |
5596 | #endif | |
5597 | ||
5598 | /* Fix up any gotos that jumped out to the outermost | |
5599 | binding level of the function. | |
5600 | Must follow emitting RETURN_LABEL. */ | |
5601 | ||
5602 | /* If you have any cleanups to do at this point, | |
5603 | and they need to create temporary variables, | |
5604 | then you will lose. */ | |
e15679f8 | 5605 | expand_fixups (get_insns ()); |
6f086dfc | 5606 | } |
bdac5f58 TW |
5607 | \f |
5608 | /* These arrays record the INSN_UIDs of the prologue and epilogue insns. */ | |
5609 | ||
5610 | static int *prologue; | |
5611 | static int *epilogue; | |
5612 | ||
5613 | /* Create an array that records the INSN_UIDs of INSNS (either a sequence | |
5614 | or a single insn). */ | |
5615 | ||
5616 | static int * | |
5617 | record_insns (insns) | |
5618 | rtx insns; | |
5619 | { | |
5620 | int *vec; | |
5621 | ||
5622 | if (GET_CODE (insns) == SEQUENCE) | |
5623 | { | |
5624 | int len = XVECLEN (insns, 0); | |
5625 | vec = (int *) oballoc ((len + 1) * sizeof (int)); | |
5626 | vec[len] = 0; | |
5627 | while (--len >= 0) | |
5628 | vec[len] = INSN_UID (XVECEXP (insns, 0, len)); | |
5629 | } | |
5630 | else | |
5631 | { | |
5632 | vec = (int *) oballoc (2 * sizeof (int)); | |
5633 | vec[0] = INSN_UID (insns); | |
5634 | vec[1] = 0; | |
5635 | } | |
5636 | return vec; | |
5637 | } | |
5638 | ||
10914065 | 5639 | /* Determine how many INSN_UIDs in VEC are part of INSN. */ |
bdac5f58 | 5640 | |
10914065 | 5641 | static int |
bdac5f58 TW |
5642 | contains (insn, vec) |
5643 | rtx insn; | |
5644 | int *vec; | |
5645 | { | |
5646 | register int i, j; | |
5647 | ||
5648 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN | |
5649 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE) | |
5650 | { | |
10914065 | 5651 | int count = 0; |
bdac5f58 TW |
5652 | for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
5653 | for (j = 0; vec[j]; j++) | |
5654 | if (INSN_UID (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == vec[j]) | |
10914065 TW |
5655 | count++; |
5656 | return count; | |
bdac5f58 TW |
5657 | } |
5658 | else | |
5659 | { | |
5660 | for (j = 0; vec[j]; j++) | |
5661 | if (INSN_UID (insn) == vec[j]) | |
10914065 | 5662 | return 1; |
bdac5f58 TW |
5663 | } |
5664 | return 0; | |
5665 | } | |
5666 | ||
9faa82d8 | 5667 | /* Generate the prologue and epilogue RTL if the machine supports it. Thread |
bdac5f58 TW |
5668 | this into place with notes indicating where the prologue ends and where |
5669 | the epilogue begins. Update the basic block information when possible. */ | |
5670 | ||
5671 | void | |
5672 | thread_prologue_and_epilogue_insns (f) | |
5673 | rtx f; | |
5674 | { | |
5675 | #ifdef HAVE_prologue | |
5676 | if (HAVE_prologue) | |
5677 | { | |
5678 | rtx head, seq, insn; | |
5679 | ||
5680 | /* The first insn (a NOTE_INSN_DELETED) is followed by zero or more | |
5681 | prologue insns and a NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END. */ | |
5682 | emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END, f); | |
5683 | seq = gen_prologue (); | |
5684 | head = emit_insn_after (seq, f); | |
5685 | ||
5686 | /* Include the new prologue insns in the first block. Ignore them | |
5687 | if they form a basic block unto themselves. */ | |
5688 | if (basic_block_head && n_basic_blocks | |
5689 | && GET_CODE (basic_block_head[0]) != CODE_LABEL) | |
5690 | basic_block_head[0] = NEXT_INSN (f); | |
5691 | ||
5692 | /* Retain a map of the prologue insns. */ | |
5693 | prologue = record_insns (GET_CODE (seq) == SEQUENCE ? seq : head); | |
5694 | } | |
5695 | else | |
5696 | #endif | |
5697 | prologue = 0; | |
5698 | ||
5699 | #ifdef HAVE_epilogue | |
5700 | if (HAVE_epilogue) | |
5701 | { | |
5702 | rtx insn = get_last_insn (); | |
5703 | rtx prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn); | |
5704 | ||
5705 | /* If we end with a BARRIER, we don't need an epilogue. */ | |
5706 | if (! (prev && GET_CODE (prev) == BARRIER)) | |
5707 | { | |
a78bdb38 JW |
5708 | rtx tail, seq, tem; |
5709 | rtx first_use = 0; | |
5710 | rtx last_use = 0; | |
bdac5f58 | 5711 | |
a78bdb38 JW |
5712 | /* The last basic block ends with a NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG, the |
5713 | epilogue insns, the USE insns at the end of a function, | |
5714 | the jump insn that returns, and then a BARRIER. */ | |
bdac5f58 | 5715 | |
a78bdb38 | 5716 | /* Move the USE insns at the end of a function onto a list. */ |
bdac5f58 TW |
5717 | while (prev |
5718 | && GET_CODE (prev) == INSN | |
5719 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == USE) | |
5720 | { | |
a78bdb38 | 5721 | tem = prev; |
bdac5f58 | 5722 | prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev); |
a78bdb38 JW |
5723 | |
5724 | NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (tem)) = NEXT_INSN (tem); | |
5725 | PREV_INSN (NEXT_INSN (tem)) = PREV_INSN (tem); | |
83eb3b0d RK |
5726 | if (first_use) |
5727 | { | |
5728 | NEXT_INSN (tem) = first_use; | |
5729 | PREV_INSN (first_use) = tem; | |
5730 | } | |
5731 | first_use = tem; | |
5732 | if (!last_use) | |
a78bdb38 | 5733 | last_use = tem; |
bdac5f58 TW |
5734 | } |
5735 | ||
a78bdb38 JW |
5736 | emit_barrier_after (insn); |
5737 | ||
bdac5f58 TW |
5738 | seq = gen_epilogue (); |
5739 | tail = emit_jump_insn_after (seq, insn); | |
a78bdb38 JW |
5740 | |
5741 | /* Insert the USE insns immediately before the return insn, which | |
5742 | must be the first instruction before the final barrier. */ | |
5743 | if (first_use) | |
5744 | { | |
5745 | tem = prev_nonnote_insn (get_last_insn ()); | |
5746 | NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (tem)) = first_use; | |
5747 | PREV_INSN (first_use) = PREV_INSN (tem); | |
5748 | PREV_INSN (tem) = last_use; | |
5749 | NEXT_INSN (last_use) = tem; | |
5750 | } | |
5751 | ||
bdac5f58 TW |
5752 | emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG, insn); |
5753 | ||
5754 | /* Include the new epilogue insns in the last block. Ignore | |
5755 | them if they form a basic block unto themselves. */ | |
5756 | if (basic_block_end && n_basic_blocks | |
5757 | && GET_CODE (basic_block_end[n_basic_blocks - 1]) != JUMP_INSN) | |
5758 | basic_block_end[n_basic_blocks - 1] = tail; | |
5759 | ||
5760 | /* Retain a map of the epilogue insns. */ | |
5761 | epilogue = record_insns (GET_CODE (seq) == SEQUENCE ? seq : tail); | |
5762 | return; | |
5763 | } | |
5764 | } | |
5765 | #endif | |
5766 | epilogue = 0; | |
5767 | } | |
5768 | ||
5769 | /* Reposition the prologue-end and epilogue-begin notes after instruction | |
5770 | scheduling and delayed branch scheduling. */ | |
5771 | ||
5772 | void | |
5773 | reposition_prologue_and_epilogue_notes (f) | |
5774 | rtx f; | |
5775 | { | |
5776 | #if defined (HAVE_prologue) || defined (HAVE_epilogue) | |
5777 | /* Reposition the prologue and epilogue notes. */ | |
5778 | if (n_basic_blocks) | |
5779 | { | |
5780 | rtx next, prev; | |
bf526252 | 5781 | int len; |
bdac5f58 TW |
5782 | |
5783 | if (prologue) | |
5784 | { | |
bf526252 RK |
5785 | register rtx insn, note = 0; |
5786 | ||
5787 | /* Scan from the beginning until we reach the last prologue insn. | |
5788 | We apparently can't depend on basic_block_{head,end} after | |
5789 | reorg has run. */ | |
5790 | for (len = 0; prologue[len]; len++) | |
5791 | ; | |
9392c110 JH |
5792 | for (insn = f; len && insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) |
5793 | { | |
5794 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE) | |
5795 | { | |
5796 | if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END) | |
5797 | note = insn; | |
5798 | } | |
5799 | else if ((len -= contains (insn, prologue)) == 0) | |
5800 | { | |
5801 | /* Find the prologue-end note if we haven't already, and | |
5802 | move it to just after the last prologue insn. */ | |
5803 | if (note == 0) | |
5804 | { | |
5805 | for (note = insn; note = NEXT_INSN (note);) | |
5806 | if (GET_CODE (note) == NOTE | |
5807 | && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) == NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END) | |
5808 | break; | |
5809 | } | |
5810 | next = NEXT_INSN (note); | |
5811 | prev = PREV_INSN (note); | |
5812 | if (prev) | |
5813 | NEXT_INSN (prev) = next; | |
5814 | if (next) | |
5815 | PREV_INSN (next) = prev; | |
5816 | add_insn_after (note, insn); | |
5817 | } | |
5818 | } | |
bdac5f58 TW |
5819 | } |
5820 | ||
5821 | if (epilogue) | |
5822 | { | |
bf526252 RK |
5823 | register rtx insn, note = 0; |
5824 | ||
5825 | /* Scan from the end until we reach the first epilogue insn. | |
5826 | We apparently can't depend on basic_block_{head,end} after | |
5827 | reorg has run. */ | |
5828 | for (len = 0; epilogue[len]; len++) | |
5829 | ; | |
9392c110 JH |
5830 | for (insn = get_last_insn (); len && insn; insn = PREV_INSN (insn)) |
5831 | { | |
5832 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE) | |
5833 | { | |
5834 | if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG) | |
5835 | note = insn; | |
5836 | } | |
5837 | else if ((len -= contains (insn, epilogue)) == 0) | |
5838 | { | |
5839 | /* Find the epilogue-begin note if we haven't already, and | |
5840 | move it to just before the first epilogue insn. */ | |
5841 | if (note == 0) | |
5842 | { | |
5843 | for (note = insn; note = PREV_INSN (note);) | |
5844 | if (GET_CODE (note) == NOTE | |
5845 | && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) == NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG) | |
5846 | break; | |
5847 | } | |
5848 | next = NEXT_INSN (note); | |
5849 | prev = PREV_INSN (note); | |
5850 | if (prev) | |
5851 | NEXT_INSN (prev) = next; | |
5852 | if (next) | |
5853 | PREV_INSN (next) = prev; | |
5854 | add_insn_after (note, PREV_INSN (insn)); | |
5855 | } | |
5856 | } | |
bdac5f58 TW |
5857 | } |
5858 | } | |
5859 | #endif /* HAVE_prologue or HAVE_epilogue */ | |
5860 | } |